{"title":"Less than \u0026500","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"fogues-tx-cowboy-portable-open-fire-with-grill-and-rack-ivr","title":"Fogues Tx Cowboy Portable Open Fire with Grill and Rack - Ivr","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFogues Tx Cowboy Portable Open Fire with Grill and Rack - Ivr\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the ultimate in outdoor grilling with the Fogues TX Cowboy Portable Open Fire Grill and Rack. Designed for convenience and versatility, this portable grill is perfect for camping, tailgating, and backyard barbecues. With a robust iron construction and a variety of included accessories, this grill offers a unique and practical solution for all your open-fire cooking needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePortable Design: Lightweight and easy to transport, this grill is perfect for outdoor adventures and gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction: Made from durable iron, ensuring longevity and reliability for all your grilling sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVersatile Cooking Options: Includes a circular grill and a multifunctional clamp rack grill, allowing you to customize your cooking setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetachable Wooden Surface: Provides a convenient workspace for food preparation and grilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete Accessory Kit: Comes with a cowboy cover, circular grill, clamp rack grill attachment, and wooden surface for a comprehensive grilling experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasy Assembly: Simple to set up and disassemble, making it ideal for on-the-go cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRustic Aesthetic: Adds a touch of traditional charm to your outdoor cooking space, enhancing the overall experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact Storage: Designed to be easily stored and transported without taking up too much space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in Argentina: Authentic craftsmanship and quality from a country renowned for its grilling expertise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultifunctional Use: Perfect for grilling, roasting, and even as a fire pit for warmth and ambiance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\n.tg  {border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:0;}\n.tg td{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg th{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  font-weight:normal;overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg .tg-1wig{font-weight:bold;text-align:left;vertical-align:top}\n.tg .tg-096r{color:#000000;text-align:left;vertical-align:top}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"tg\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-1wig\"\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-096r\"\u003e19.6 inches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-1wig\"\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-096r\"\u003eUp to 39 inches (fire pit height: 7.87 inches)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-1wig\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-096r\"\u003e55 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-1wig\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-096r\"\u003eHeavy-duty iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-1wig\"\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-096r\"\u003eMade in Argentina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\" title=\"Shipping Policy\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable and Convenient:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fogues TX Cowboy Portable Open Fire Grill is the perfect solution for outdoor grilling on the go. Whether you’re camping, tailgating, or simply grilling in your backyard, this portable setup allows you to enjoy an authentic open-fire cooking experience anywhere.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual Functionality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equipped with both a grill and a rack, this portable fire grill allows you to cook various types of food with ease. You can grill your meats over an open flame while using the rack to keep tools, utensils, or additional food at hand for maximum convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact and Easy to Store:\u003c\/strong\u003e Despite its large cooking capabilities, the Cowboy Portable Grill is compact and easy to store. Its lightweight design and collapsible features make it simple to pack up and transport, so you can take it with you wherever you go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Open-Fire Cooking:\u003c\/strong\u003e The open fire design ensures that you can experience traditional wood or charcoal grilling, adding a smoky flavor to your dishes. The simplicity of an open flame gives you full control over your cooking process, allowing you to achieve the perfect sear or slow cook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable and Built to Last:\u003c\/strong\u003e Constructed from high-quality, weather-resistant materials, the Cowboy Portable Grill is designed for frequent use outdoors. Its rugged construction ensures it will stand up to the elements and continue to perform for years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Use and Maintain:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple to set up and operate, the Cowboy Portable Grill makes outdoor cooking a breeze. Its user-friendly design and easy-to-clean surfaces ensure a hassle-free grilling experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What type of fuel can the Fogues TX Cowboy Portable Grill use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Cowboy Portable Grill is designed to use wood as fuel, giving you the authentic experience of open-fire grilling with natural flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this grill portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the Cowboy Grill is highly portable. Its compact design and lightweight construction make it easy to transport, ideal for camping, tailgating, or outdoor events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the Cowboy Portable Grill come with a cooking rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the Cowboy Grill comes equipped with a grill rack that allows you to cook directly over the open flames, adding a smoky flavor to your food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How large is the cooking area on the Cowboy Portable Grill?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The grill offers a medium-sized cooking surface, perfect for grilling meals for small groups or intimate gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What makes the Fogues TX Cowboy Grill unique?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Cowboy Grill offers a portable, open-fire cooking experience with a simple yet effective design, allowing for cooking over an open flame, just like traditional cowboy-style grilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I adjust the cooking height on the Cowboy Portable Grill?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Cowboy Grill features a fixed cooking height, providing direct exposure to the fire for enhanced flavor, though it doesn't include adjustable grates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the Fogues TX Cowboy Grill easy to set up and use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the Cowboy Grill is simple to assemble and use, making it a great option for those new to outdoor grilling or seasoned grillers looking for a portable solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the Cowboy Portable Grill durable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the Cowboy Grill is built from sturdy materials designed to withstand the heat of open-fire grilling and is built for long-lasting use in outdoor environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use the Cowboy Grill for other cooking methods besides grilling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Primarily designed for grilling, the Cowboy Grill can also be used for other open-fire cooking methods such as roasting or warming food, depending on the arrangement of the fire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the Cowboy Portable Grill come with a cover or accessories?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Cowboy Grill does not come with a protective cover, but a separate cover can be purchased to shield it from the elements when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How easy is it to clean the Cowboy Grill?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Cowboy Grill has a straightforward design with a removable cooking rack, making it easy to clean after each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the Fogues TX Cowboy Portable Grill have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Cowboy Grill comes with a manufacturer's warranty, which covers defects during normal use. Refer to the product details for full warranty information\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean After Each Use\u003c\/strong\u003e: Allow the grill to cool, then scrape the grill grates with a wire brush to remove food residue. Wipe down the firebox and rack with a damp cloth to remove any grease or dirt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect for Rust\u003c\/strong\u003e: Regularly check the metal components for any signs of rust. Sand affected areas and apply a rust-resistant coating to prevent further damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeason the Grates\u003c\/strong\u003e: Coat the grates with vegetable oil before and after each use to prevent rust and ensure easy food release.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEmpty Ashes\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clean out the ashes from the firebox and ash tray regularly to maintain proper airflow for efficient burning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck for Wear and Tear\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect the grill, rack, and other components for signs of wear or damage. Replace any parts that are cracked or worn out to keep the grill in top condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Chimney\u003c\/strong\u003e: If the grill has a chimney, ensure it is free of debris to allow for proper ventilation and effective heat distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLubricate Moving Parts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Apply food-safe lubricant to any moving parts, such as adjustable racks, to keep them operating smoothly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore Properly\u003c\/strong\u003e: When not in use, store the grill in a dry location or cover it to protect it from moisture and prevent rusting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Fogues TX","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46323490193633,"sku":"Ivr","price":407.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/6UNITS_1000x1000_crop_center_67098cae-0e5c-4a2b-8973-d9a21a44af76.jpg?v=1744186777"},{"product_id":"thor-kitchen-30-inch-wall-mount-range-hood-in-stainless-steel-hrh3007u","title":"Thor Kitchen 30 Inch Wall Mount Range Hood in Stainless Steel - HRH3007U","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProfessional Design. Premium Power And Performance. Appliances That Bring Oohs And Ahhs Before The First Dish Even Hits The Table.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"aircall-extension-app\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTHOR Kitchen offers the power and performance of a premium professional appliance at a practical price. The 30 Inch Wall Mount Range Hood in Stainless Steel adds a sleek, modern look to your kitchen and is designed to eliminate odors, smoke and steam quietly and efficiently. Fish on the plate? Good. The lingering aroma of fish in every room? Not so good\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThor Kitchen 30 Inch Wall Mount Range Hood in Stainless Steel - HRH3007U \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Fan Speeds\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3 Fan Speeds Allow For Easy Adjustment Between High, Medium And Low Suction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLed Lighting \u003c\/strong\u003e - Two3.5-watt Led Lights To Illuminate Your Cooking Area And Save Energy\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet 60db Operation\u003c\/strong\u003e - Quiet Operation Keeps Noise Level At A Maximum 60 Decibels\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConvertible\u003c\/strong\u003e - Vent Out Or Recirculating (Ductless) Option With Carbon Filters (Not Included)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial-style Baffle Filter\u003c\/strong\u003e - Large, Commercial-style 430 Grade Stainless Steel Baffle Filter Maximizes Airflow And Minimizes Grease While The Hood Is In Operation.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTouch Control With Digital Display\u003c\/strong\u003e - Features Touch Control With Integrated Backlit Digital Display That Shows Clock And A Reminder To Clean Filters\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e600 Cfm Of Suction\u003c\/strong\u003e - 600 Cfm Of Suction Effectively Removes Odors, Smoke, Grease And Moisture From Your Cooking Area\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - Stainless Steel Finish Offers Modern Design Aesthetic And Is Built To Withstand High Heat, Grease, Oil And Steam\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRemote Control\u003c\/strong\u003e - Remote Control Allows For Adjusting Fan Speed And Lighting From Anywhere In The Kitchen\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuct Cover Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - The Stainless Steel Duct Cover Matches The Linear Styling Of The Thor Kitchen Professional 30 Inch Vent Hood And Extends The Height Of The Hood For 9 Foot Ceilings \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--\n.tg  {border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:0;}\n.tg td{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg th{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  font-weight:normal;overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg .tg-gvcd{background-color:#ffffff;border-color:#000000;color:#000000;text-align:left;vertical-align:top}\n.tg .tg-bz9d{background-color:#efefef;border-color:#000000;color:#000000;font-weight:bold;text-align:left;vertical-align:top}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"tg\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eDuct Length (in)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003e59\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eDuct Width (in.)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003e6\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eProduct Depth (in.)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003e19\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eProduct Height (in.)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003e45.3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eProduct Width (in.)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003e30\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eRange Hood Size (Width)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003e30 in.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eAmperage (amps)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003e3 A\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eAppliance Type\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003eRange Hood\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eColor\/Finish Family\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eCommercial\/Residential\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003eResidential\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eControl Type\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003eTouch pad\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eDuct Shape\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003eRound\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eExhaust Vent Location\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003eTop\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003eLighted,Remote Control,Removable Grease Filter(s)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003eFilter(s),Power Cord\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eMaximum Air Flow Capacity (CFM)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003e600 CFM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eMinimum Air Flow Capacity (CFM)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003e600\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003eWall Mount\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eVent Install Type\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003eDucted\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eVent Material\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003eSteel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eDowndraft Ventilation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003eNot Compatible\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eWattage (watts)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003e337 W\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eVoltage (volts)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003e120\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eCertifications and Listings\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003eETL Listed\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-bz9d\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 600;\"\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-gvcd\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: inherit; font-style: inherit;\"\u003e2-YEAR PARTS AND LABOR\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVideos\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/_G7B68fpoVk\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eManuals\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0654\/8203\/1361\/files\/Manual_HRH07-Series_Range-Hoods_v092421.pdf?v=1689450649\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eRange Hood Manual \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0654\/8203\/1361\/files\/HRH3007_Spec-Sheet_09212022.pdf?v=1689450646\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eRange Hood Specifications \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"row row1\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful 900 CFM Motor\u003c\/strong\u003e: Effectively eliminates smoke, steam, and odors, ensuring a fresh kitchen air quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSleek Stainless Steel Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Durable, easy to clean, and adds a modern touch to your kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-Speed Fan\u003c\/strong\u003e: Provides customizable ventilation, from low to high, to suit your cooking needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet Operation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for minimal noise while providing maximum air extraction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED Lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e: Brightens your cooking space while being energy-efficient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUser-Friendly Controls\u003c\/strong\u003e: Intuitive touch controls for easy operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"row row1\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the Thor Kitchen HRH3007U Range Hood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: A 30-inch wall-mounted range hood in stainless steel, designed to efficiently ventilate your kitchen while adding a sleek, professional touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful Ventilation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Multiple fan speeds to effectively remove smoke, steam, and odors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet Operation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed to minimize noise while providing strong airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Durable and easy to clean, enhancing your kitchen's aesthetic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED Lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e: Provides bright illumination for your cooking area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is it best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Ideal for keeping your kitchen air clean and fresh while cooking, with a modern, stylish look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose this range hood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Combines strong performance, quiet operation, and sleek design, making it the perfect addition to any kitchen\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"row row1\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca title=\"Shipping Policy\" href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Filters Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wash or replace the grease filters every 1-2 months to maintain optimal air flow and efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWipe Down Exterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the stainless steel surface regularly with a soft cloth and mild cleaner to remove grease, fingerprints, and dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck Ventilation Ducts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure the ducts are clear of debris and obstructions for effective air circulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Fan Blades:\u003c\/strong\u003e Periodically check the fan blades for grease buildup, and clean them to maintain strong suction power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplace Carbon Filters (if applicable):\u003c\/strong\u003e If your model uses charcoal filters for odor removal, replace them every 6-12 months, depending on usage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintain Proper Ventilation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure the venting system is properly sealed and unobstructed to prevent airflow issues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"aircall-extension-app\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Thor Kitchen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46323556712673,"sku":"HRH3007U","price":424.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/HRH3007-IMG_4580.jpg?v=1744190325"},{"product_id":"us-stove-sr57e-rancher-cast-iron-coal-stove-1-000-sq-ft-60-000-btu-new","title":"US Stove SR57E Rancher Cast Iron Coal Stove 1,000 sq. ft. 60,000 BTU New","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Rancher from US Stove Company is an all cast iron cooking range stove that will burn coal. Its large flare-top with four lift-out cook lids will facilitate several pots and pans at one time. Designed from the stoves of yesteryear, the Rancher is a fully functioning cook stove as well as heating appliance. It’s sure to add classic appeal to any room and is perfect for hunting cabins and lodges.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pdp__features__left\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pdp__features__left__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBTU rating: 60,000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient ash door and tray for easy clean out and disposal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses standard round 6\" stove pipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8\" lift-out cook lids allow for top loading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower spin-draft controls air intake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatures a cast iron shaker grate and large ash pan for easy ash removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStove will burn bituminous coal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"border-collapse: collapse; width: 100%;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eCoal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eCooktop Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eCast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHeating Area (ft²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003e1000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eMaximum BTU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003e60000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eColor \/ Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eAsh Drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eAir Wash System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eAuto Ignition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003ePedestal Base Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eCooking Surface Width (in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eCooking Surface Length (in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eBlower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eStove Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eFreestanding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eStove Pipe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eRound 6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eVented Or Vent-Free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eVented\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eBrick-Lined Firebox\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eCook Lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eLift out 8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eCatalytic\/Non Catalytic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eNon Catalytic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eCSA Certified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eEPA Approved\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eETL Listed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eUL Listed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eAssembled Depth (in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003e20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eAssembled Width (in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003e24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eAssembled Height (in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003e28\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003ePackage Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003ePackage Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003ePackage Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003e29\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003e200 lbs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003eProduct Manufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003e1 Year Warranty against Manufacturing Defects\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black; font-weight: bold;\"\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border: 1px solid black;\"\u003eUS Stove SR57E, Shaker grate, Ash pan, User's Manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eManual\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003ca data-mce-fragment=\"1\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1163\/1976\/files\/SR57E-Owners-Manual.pdf?v=1697818783\" class=\"pdp__manuals__grid__manual\" target=\"_blank\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1163\/1976\/files\/SR57E-Owners-Manual.pdf?v=1697818783\"\u003e \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-mce-fragment=\"1\" class=\"pdp__manuals__grid__manual__image-container\"\u003e\u003ca data-mce-fragment=\"1\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1163\/1976\/files\/SR57E-Owners-Manual.pdf?v=1697818783\" class=\"pdp__manuals__grid__manual\" target=\"_blank\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1163\/1976\/files\/SR57E-Owners-Manual.pdf?v=1697818783\"\u003e\u003cimg data-mce-fragment=\"1\" loading=\"lazy\" height=\"auto\" width=\"auto\" alt=\"manual icon\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1163\/1976\/files\/pdf-icon.png?v=1611684687\" class=\"pdp__manuals__grid__manual__image-container__img\" data-mce-src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1163\/1976\/files\/pdf-icon.png?v=1611684687\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ca data-mce-fragment=\"1\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1163\/1976\/files\/SR57E-Owners-Manual.pdf?v=1697818783\" class=\"pdp__manuals__grid__manual\" target=\"_blank\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1163\/1976\/files\/SR57E-Owners-Manual.pdf?v=1697818783\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\" class=\"pdp__manuals__grid__manual__text\"\u003eUser's Manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca title=\"Shipping Policy\" href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/pages\/shipping-policy\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"US Stove","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46323644694753,"sku":"SR57E","price":467.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/SR57E_pic_20_281_29-1697820159433.png?v=1744194671"},{"product_id":"us-stove-17-000-btu-direct-vent-propane-wall-heater","title":"US stove 17,000 BTU direct vent propane wall heater","description":"\u003ch2\u003e17,000 BTU direct vent propane wall heater\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Direct Vent Wall Heater from Ashley Hearth Products makes the perfect solution for zoned heating. The space saving direct vent furnace design mounts to an exterior wall and the adjustable vent assembly adjusts to fit walls from 4-1\/2 inches to 10 inches thick. For clean, comfortable heat when and where you want it, the gas flame is completely sealed inside, away from all contact with room air. Air necessary for combustion is drawn into the chamber from outside through the vent and combustion products are vented directly to the outside. Only clean, gentle heat, in continuous circulation is delivered into the room. Windows and doors stay closed because no room air is used for combustion. The DVAG17L furnace is designed to heat up to 570 Sq. Ft. and has a 17,000 BTU input.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety pilot with built in pressure regulator completely stops the flow of gas in the event the pilot is extinguished\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e430 Stainless steel ported burner provides silent on and off operation making this a quiet heating workhorse for your house\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeats up to 570 Sq Ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for use with liquid propane gas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 17,000 BTU heat input\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSealed burn system is perfect for bedrooms and living spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatchless Piezo lighting for quick starts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo complicated venting to purchase or install, complete kit is included (includes heat shield, vent pipe, air intake pipe, flashing, cap and connecting rod)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved for use in mobile or modular homes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--\n.tg  {border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:0;}\n.tg td{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg th{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  font-weight:normal;overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg .tg-nn9c{background-color:#FFF;color:#162440;font-weight:bold;text-align:left;vertical-align:middle}\n.tg .tg-w0bz{background-color:#FFF;color:#162440;text-align:left;vertical-align:middle}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"tg\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-nn9c\"\u003eAssembled Width (in)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-w0bz\"\u003e27.36\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-nn9c\"\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-w0bz\"\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-nn9c\"\u003ePackage Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-w0bz\"\u003e29.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-nn9c\"\u003ePackage Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-w0bz\"\u003e30.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-nn9c\"\u003eAssembled Depth (in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-w0bz\"\u003e6.61\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-nn9c\"\u003ePackage Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-w0bz\"\u003e9.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-nn9c\"\u003eAssembled Height (in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-w0bz\"\u003e20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca title=\"Shipping Policy\" href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"US Stove","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46323645939937,"sku":"DVAG17L","price":467.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/llsxjifehlxxwbpolqgf__47377.1724802492.jpg?v=1744194766"},{"product_id":"us-stove-17-000-btu-direct-vent-natural-gas-wall-heater","title":"US stove 17,000 BTU direct vent natural gas wall heater","description":"\u003ch2\u003e17,000 BTU direct vent natural gas wall heater\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe DVAG17N Direct Vent Wall Heater from Ashley Hearth Products makes the perfect solution for zoned heating. The space saving direct vent furnace design mounts to an exterior wall and the adjustable vent assembly adjusts to fit walls from 4-1\/2 In. to 10 In. thick. For clean, comfortable heat when and where you want it, the gas flame is completely sealed inside, away from all contact with room air. Air necessary for combustion is drawn into the chamber from outside through the vent and combustion products are vented directly to the outside. Only clean, gentle heat in continuous circulation is delivered into the room. Windows and doors stay closed because no room air is used for combustion. The DVAG17N direct vent natural gas wall furnace is designed to heat up to 570 Sq. Ft., and has a 17,000 BTU input.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety pilot with built in pressure regulator completely stops the flow of gas in the event the pilot is extinguished\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e430 stainless steel ported burner provides silent on and off operation making this a quiet heating workhorse for your house\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeats up to 570 Sq Ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for use with natural gas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 17,000 BTU heat input\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSealed burn system is perfect for bedrooms and living spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatchless Piezo lighting for quick starts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo complicated venting to purchase or install, complete kit is included (includes heat shield, vent pipe, air intake pipe, flashing, cap and connecting rod)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved for use in mobile or modular homes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--\n.tg  {border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:0;}\n.tg td{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg th{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  font-weight:normal;overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg .tg-nn9c{background-color:#FFF;color:#162440;font-weight:bold;text-align:left;vertical-align:middle}\n.tg .tg-w0bz{background-color:#FFF;color:#162440;text-align:left;vertical-align:middle}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"tg\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-nn9c\"\u003eAssembled Width (in)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-w0bz\"\u003e27.36\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-nn9c\"\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-w0bz\"\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-nn9c\"\u003ePackage Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-w0bz\"\u003e29.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-nn9c\"\u003ePackage Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-w0bz\"\u003e30.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-nn9c\"\u003eAssembled Depth (in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-w0bz\"\u003e6.61\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-nn9c\"\u003ePackage Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-w0bz\"\u003e9.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-nn9c\"\u003eAssembled Height (in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-w0bz\"\u003e20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca title=\"Shipping Policy\" href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"US Stove","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46323646103777,"sku":"DVAG17LN","price":467.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/DVAG17LN-jpg_d9aa61b6-535b-4a98-aecc-fdcf11b48d39.webp?v=1744194776"},{"product_id":"2012-2021-fr-s-brz-gt86-1th-gen-zn6-zc6-led-tail-lights-assembly","title":"Auxbeam LED Tail Lights Assembly With Sequential Turn Signal For 2012-2021 FR-S\/BRZ\/GT86 1th Gen (ZN6\/ZC6) - ZC000173","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAuxbeam LED Tail Lights Assembly With Sequential Turn Signal For 2012-2021 FR-S\/BRZ\/GT86 1th Gen (ZN6\/ZC6) - ZC000173\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAPPLICATION:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTail Lights Assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit For Plug and Play With Stock Halogen Tail Lights 1th Gen(ZN6\/ZC6) Toyota 86\/GT86\/FT86 2012-2021 Subaru BRZ 2013-2021 Scion FR-S 2013-2021\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM Part Number: 84912CA062,84912CA072\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSPECIFICATIONS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTurn Signal: LED Amber Sequential Turn Signal\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBrake Light: LED Brake Light\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRunning Light: LED Running Light\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWaterproof: IP 67\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHousing Material: Polypropylene (PP)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHousing Color: Black\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLens Material: Polycarbonate (PC)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLens Color: Red, Smoked\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCertification: Design Patents\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMAIN FEATURES\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDOT COMPLIANT\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo assure product quality, the product has American DOT, and European E-Mark certifications, for use in the U.S., Canada, and European countries to secure the safety of others. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\"\u003e\u003cb\u003ePLUG \u0026amp; PLAY\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect OEM Fitment is designed to be an exact replacement for your factory headlamps with no vehicle modifications required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUPGRADE LIGHTING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\"\u003eLED Red Running Light + Red Brake Light + Side Marker Light + Amber Sequential Turn Signal\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides you with stronger concentrated light output in comparison to ordinary tail lamps., making it easier for other drivers to see your vehicle from a distance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWARRANTY\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1 Year of after-sale service\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt can be refunded and replaced if the lights are not artificially modified within one year.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIn the event merchandise is damaged, becomes defective, or needs to be returned, please contact customer service. Please provide the product label, video\u0026amp; pictures proof, and make sure the pictures\u0026amp; video clearly show the defect.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDIMENSIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePackage Size (inch): 19.29*13.78*8.74\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWEIGHT\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNet Weight (kg): 3.2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGross Weight (kg): 6.4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003ePACKAGE INCLUDED\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser maunal*1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne pair of Tail Lights \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e","brand":"Auxbeam","offers":[{"title":"Red","offer_id":46382635548897,"sku":"ZC000173","price":379.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Smoked","offer_id":46382635581665,"sku":"ZC000174","price":379.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/9_79a774db-fd6f-45fe-80ea-b4c1c435b6d9.jpg?v=1746004594"},{"product_id":"gp00009097","title":"Auxbeam AR-800 RGB Switch Panel + 3 Inch LED Pods with White\u0026Yellow Cover - GP00012139","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAuxbeam AR-800 RGB Switch Panel + 3 Inch LED Pods with White\u0026amp;Yellow Cover - GP00012139\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0559\/5725\/8445\/files\/CgBkyWcq4yeAYFryAAREgGwlR4w163.jpg?v=1732503989\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/m.media-amazon.com\/images\/S\/aplus-media-library-service-media\/8dc03fb5-2081-4bfb-852d-ef915dd0264a.__CR0,0,970,300_PT0_SX970_V1___.jpg\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cb\u003eSpecification:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline; color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cb\u003e▶AR-800 RGB Switch Panel\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking voltage: DC 12-24V\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Max current: 60A \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRated voltage: 12V 20A \/ 24V 10A \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eOperating at 12 Volts: max power rating of 720W \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eOperating at 24 Volts: max power rating of 1400W \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSwitch operation: On-Off \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eOperating temperature: -40°C - +105°C \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWaterproof rating: IP65\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline; color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e▶3 Inch LED Pods\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Input voltage: 12-30V \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePower: 80W\/SET\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRaw Lumen: 9600M\/PAIR\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eEffective Lumen: 8000LM\/PAIR\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eLighting distance: 1LUX@1699FEET \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eLED CHIPS: P8*5\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eLED quantity (each one): 5 Pcs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eColor temperature: \u003cstrong\u003e6000K-White beam \/ 3500K-Yellow beam\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWaterproof rate: IP68\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eLight color: White\/Yellow\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eBody color: BLACK\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePCS\/SET: 2Pcs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan\u003e▶AR-800 RGB Switch Panel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8-Gang one-sided outlet switch panel.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIt allows you to control up to 8 different LED lights or devices. Command all your vehicle accessories by the tap of your finger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 control methods\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Switch panel \u0026amp; Bluetooth APP, work synchronously. Built-in Bluetooth module allows you to program and control the system anytime \u0026amp; anywhere.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 modes setting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eEach switch has 3 kinds of light status, different indicator status represents different working modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e●\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eRED-Toggle, Constant light mode (Great for things like fog lights or driving. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #2b00ff;\"\u003e●\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(0, 0, 0);\"\u003eBLUE-Momentary, Press \u0026amp; hold the button to turn on, then release the button o turn off, just like pressing the horn button.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #2b00ff;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #3dde1d;\"\u003e●\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eGREEN-Pulsed, Flash mode. Press the switch once and the device will flash on\/flash off, continuing until the switch is pressed again. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRGB backlight color.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAdjust backlight color and brightness to match your vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacklight brightness automatic dimmable.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAutomatic adjustment according to the brightness variation of the environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssign each switch a logo (60 universal stickers to choose from)\u003c\/strong\u003e. Use the provided switch labels to indicate what’s connected to that switch. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDIY button icon on APP\u003c\/strong\u003e. 200 default icons or use your own photos from the phone album.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSetup group.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eManage multiple accessories in your custom groups. Assign 2 or more\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eaccessories\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eto the same switch button and then control them at the same time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal fitment.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eWidely use for Truck, Boat, Car, Bus, Off-road, Powersports, Marine, ATV, UTV, SUV,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSide by Side, \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSxS, \u003c\/span\u003eHeavy-duty machines, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof IP65\u003c\/strong\u003e, high sensitivity, stability and strong anti-interference ability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety protection.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBuilt-in resettable fuse, reverse polarity protection, over-voltage protection, and over-current protection. The fuse adapter make it easy to connect the control box to the vehicle's fuse box without cutting, splicing or damaging the original wiring in the vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eNo complicated wiring, no need to cut a big hole in your vehicle. Plug \u0026amp; play wiring harness can connect the LED lights or accessories easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWith 2 types of mounting brackets\u003c\/strong\u003e, you can mount the panel in the best location for your vehicle, such as the dash panel, center console, overhead sunglasses holder, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e▶3 Inch LED Pods\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional yellow masks\u003c\/strong\u003e for personality modify your pods' color, get strong penetration color temperature for low visibility driving. \u003cspan\u003eIt allows you to cut through dust, rain, snow, and fog to maintain maximum visibility.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eP8 LED chips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewith high intensity and perfect visibility, the perfect option for led driving light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTIR optics design\u003c\/strong\u003e collect all the light from LED improve beam pattern more focused and effective, reducing glare.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComes with \u003cstrong\u003e2 lead DT plugs\u003c\/strong\u003e wiring harness kit include fuse relay and switch all in a set, pretty easy and quick hook up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRugged die-casting aluminum body\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for optimal heat removal, conquers rough off-road environments and resists corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImpact-resistant polycarbonate lens. \u003cstrong\u003eIP68\u003c\/strong\u003e rated water-resistant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003ePackage Included\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cb\u003e▶AR-800 RGB Switch Panel+3 Inch LED Pods\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1 Set of 8 Gang RGB Switch Panel (all necessary hardware and wiring harness is included)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInstallation Instructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2 x LED work lights\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2 x Yellow masks\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1 x Harness kit DT plugs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAuxbeam AR-800 RGB Switch Panel + 3 Inch LED Pods with White \u0026amp; Yellow Cover\u003c\/strong\u003e is a top choice for those seeking enhanced control and visibility for their vehicle. Here’s why it’s a great pick:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmart RGB Switch Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e: The \u003cstrong\u003eAR-800 RGB Switch Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e allows easy control of multiple accessories with customizable \u003cstrong\u003eRGB backlighting\u003c\/strong\u003e for visibility and style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Color 3\" LED Pods\u003c\/strong\u003e: These \u003cstrong\u003e3-inch LED pods\u003c\/strong\u003e feature both \u003cstrong\u003ewhite and yellow covers\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing versatile lighting options for different driving conditions, from clear to foggy weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Reliable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built to withstand harsh environments with a \u003cstrong\u003erugged, weatherproof design\u003c\/strong\u003e that ensures long-lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes everything you need for a straightforward setup, including wiring and mounting options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustomizable Control\u003c\/strong\u003e: The RGB switch panel allows you to easily toggle between different settings, providing \u003cstrong\u003econvenient, customizable control\u003c\/strong\u003e at your fingertips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What’s included in the Auxbeam AR-800 RGB Switch Panel kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This kit includes the AR-800 RGB switch panel with customizable controls and two 3-inch LED pods featuring white and yellow covers for versatile lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What can the AR-800 RGB switch panel control?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The AR-800 switch panel allows you to control various 12V\/24V accessories, such as lights, winches, compressors, and other vehicle devices with ease, all through the app or remote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What makes the 3-inch LED pods unique?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 3-inch LED pods come with both white and yellow covers, allowing you to choose between bright white light for maximum visibility and yellow light for foggy or off-road conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the switch panel compatible with mobile devices?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the AR-800 switch panel supports app and remote control, allowing you to customize settings and light modes directly from your smartphone or via the included remote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are these LED pods suitable for off-roading?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the 3-inch LED pods are built for rugged environments, providing reliable illumination for off-road trails and challenging weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How easy is the installation process?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The AR-800 switch panel comes with a plug-and-play harness for quick and easy installation, and the 3-inch LED pods include mounting hardware for a simple setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Switch Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e – Use a dry, soft cloth to clean the RGB switch panel and ensure buttons remain responsive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck LED Pods\u003c\/strong\u003e – Regularly clean the LED pods with a damp cloth to remove dust and debris, ensuring optimal brightness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Covers\u003c\/strong\u003e – Make sure the white and yellow covers on the LED pods are securely in place and free from cracks or damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWiring Inspection\u003c\/strong\u003e – Check all wiring connections for wear, corrosion, or loose fittings, especially around the switch panel and pods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoisture Prevention\u003c\/strong\u003e – Keep the switch panel and LED pods dry and check for condensation, resealing if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTighten Mounts\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ensure LED pods are securely mounted to prevent vibrations or movement while driving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Auxbeam","offers":[{"title":"🔥RGB Switch Panel+LED Pods","offer_id":46382635876577,"sku":"GP00012139","price":334.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/QP010785_ZD000676.png?v=1746004611"},{"product_id":"2010-2015-ford-mustang-5th-gen-led-tail-lights-assembly-with-5-modes-turn-signal-2-modes-brake-lighting-smoked","title":"Auxbeam LED Tail Lights Assembly With 5 Modes Turn Signal 2 Modes Brake Lighting Smoked For 2010-2012 Ford Mustang 5th Gen (S-197 II) Pre-Facelift - ZC000162","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAuxbeam LED Tail Lights Assembly With 5 Modes Turn Signal 2 Modes Brake Lighting Smoked For 2010-2012 Ford Mustang 5th Gen (S-197 II) Pre-Facelift - ZC000162\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAPPLICATION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTail Lights Assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit For 10-12 Mustang 5th Gen (S-197 II) Pre-Facelift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM Part Number:AR3Z13405B,AR3Z13404B\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTurn Signal: LED Red\/Amber Sequential Turn Signal\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBrake Light: LED Brake Light\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRunning Light: LED Running Light\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReverse Light: LED Reverse Light\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWaterproof: IP 67\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHousing Material: Polypropylene (PP)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHousing Color: Black\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLens Material: Polycarbonate (PC)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLens Color: Black Smoked\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCertification: Design Patents\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMAIN FEATURES\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDOT COMPLIANT\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo assure product quality, the product has American DOT, and European E-Mark certifications, for use in the U.S., Canada, and European countries to secure the safety of others. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\"\u003e\u003cb\u003ePLUG \u0026amp; PLAY\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\"\u003eDirect OEM Fitment is designed to be an exact replacement for your factory headlamps with no vehicle modifications required.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUPGRADE LIGHTING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\"\u003eRed Running Light + Red Brake Light + Red\/Amber Sequential Turn Signal + White Reverse Light\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\"\u003eTurn Signal\/ Brake with 7-Lighting Modes- There are 1-Red Sequential Mode,2-Red Cursor Indicator Mode, 3-Red Triple Mode,4-Yellow Sequential Mode,5-Yellow Line Mode, Mode: 1-Flash Mode, and 2-Normal Mode. Lights have a row of LEDs that can be set up to run as switchbacks or solid signals according to your preference.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\"\u003eProvides you with stronger concentrated light output in comparison to ordinary tail lamps., making it easier for other drivers to see your vehicle from a distance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWARRANTY\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1 Year of after-sale service\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt can be refunded and replaced if the lights are not artificially modified within one year.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIn the event merchandise is damaged, becomes defective, or needs to be returned, please contact customer service. Please provide the product label, video\u0026amp; pictures proof, and make sure the pictures\u0026amp; video clearly show the defect.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDIMENSIONS\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePackage Size (inch): 23.62*18.50*10.63\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWEIGHT\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNet Weight (kg): 3.6\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGross Weight (kg): 4.9\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003ePACKAGE INCLUDED\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser maunal*1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne pair of tail light (including left side and right side)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAuxbeam LED Tail Lights Assembly with 5 Modes Turn Signal \u0026amp; 2 Modes Brake Lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e is a stylish and functional upgrade for your \u003cstrong\u003e2010-2012 Ford Mustang 5th Gen (S-197 II) Pre-Facelift\u003c\/strong\u003e. Here’s why it stands out:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Light Modes\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features \u003cstrong\u003e5 modes for turn signals\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e2 modes for brake lights\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing enhanced safety and visibility with dynamic lighting effects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmoked Lens Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The \u003cstrong\u003esmoked lens\u003c\/strong\u003e adds a sleek, modern look to your Mustang while offering improved contrast and style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnergy-Efficient LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e: \u003cstrong\u003eLED technology\u003c\/strong\u003e ensures brighter, more energy-efficient lighting compared to traditional bulbs, while providing a longer lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Plug-and-Play Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for hassle-free installation with a \u003cstrong\u003edirect-fit, plug-and-play design\u003c\/strong\u003e that requires no modifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Weatherproof\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built to withstand harsh conditions with \u003cstrong\u003eweather-resistant construction\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensuring reliability in all environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What’s included in the Auxbeam LED tail light assembly kit for 2010-2012 Ford Mustang?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This kit includes a pair of smoked LED tail lights with 5 modes for turn signals and 2 modes for brake lighting, designed for the 2010-2012 Ford Mustang 5th Gen (S-197 II) pre-facelift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will these tail lights fit my 2010-2012 Ford Mustang?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, these LED tail lights are specifically designed for the 2010-2012 Ford Mustang 5th Gen (S-197 II) pre-facelift model, ensuring a perfect fit and seamless upgrade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the 5 modes for the turn signals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The LED tail lights feature 5 distinct turn signal modes, offering enhanced visibility and customizable lighting patterns to improve safety and style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do the 2 modes for brake lighting work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The tail lights offer two modes for brake lighting, with a bright, responsive light to enhance visibility when braking, making it safer for drivers behind you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What makes the smoked design special?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The smoked design gives your Mustang a sleek, modern look while maintaining optimal light output. It also helps reduce glare while driving at night.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are these tail lights easy to install?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the LED tail lights are designed for easy installation, with a plug-and-play design that requires no modifications to your Mustang’s wiring or body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e – Use a soft cloth with mild soap and water to clean the smoked lens, ensuring clear visibility and preventing dirt buildup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect for Moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e – Check the tail lights for condensation or water ingress and reseal if necessary to protect the electronics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck Light Modes\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ensure all 5 turn signal and 2 brake lighting modes are functioning correctly; replace any malfunctioning LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTighten Mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e – Periodically check and tighten the tail light mounting bolts to prevent vibrations and ensure a secure fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Wiring\u003c\/strong\u003e – Regularly examine the wiring and connections for wear, corrosion, or loose connections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect from Debris\u003c\/strong\u003e – Avoid direct impact with debris, as the smoked lens can be prone to scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Auxbeam","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382636368097,"sku":"ZC000162","price":365.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/5_02a67a9e-f6b6-4f65-a74e-9aea38abdb46.jpg?v=1746004625"},{"product_id":"2008-2014-lexus-rx-series-3th-gen-led-tail-assembly-with-dynamic-welcome-lighting","title":"AuxbeamLED Tail Lights Assembly With Dynamic Welcome Lighting For 2008-2014 Lexus RX Series 3th Gen (AL10)(JAPAN BUILT) - ZC000167","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAuxbeamLED Tail Lights Assembly With Dynamic Welcome Lighting For 2008-2014 Lexus RX Series 3th Gen (AL10)(JAPAN BUILT) - ZC000167\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAPPLICATION:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTail Lights Assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit For 08-14 Lexus RX Series 3th Gen (AL10) (JAPAN BUILT) With Stock Halogen Tail Lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM Part Number: 8159148110\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSPECIFICATIONS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTurn Signal: LED Amber Sequential Turn Signal\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBrake Light: LED Brake Light\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRunning Light: LED Running Light\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFog Light: LED Fog Light\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReverse Light: LED Reverse Light\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDynamic Effect: Welcome Lights\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWaterproof: IP 67\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHousing Material: Polypropylene (PP)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHousing Color: Black\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLens Material: Polycarbonate (PC)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCertification: Design Patent \u0026amp; 3C\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMAIN FEATURES\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDOT COMPLIANT\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo assure product quality, the product has American DOT, and European E-Mark certifications, for use in the U.S., Canada, and European countries to secure the safety of others. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\"\u003e\u003cb\u003ePLUG \u0026amp; PLAY\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\"\u003eDirect OEM Fitment is designed to be an exact replacement for your factory headlamps with no ve\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUPGRADE LIGHTING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\"\u003eRed LED Running Light + Red LED Brake Light + Bright White LED Reverse Light + Amber Sequential Indicator Turn Sigal + Side Marker Light + \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhen you start the engine, the dynamic lights come on as if to welcome you. Make you and your car stand out.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eProvides you with stronger concentrated light output in comparison to ordinary tail lamps., making it easier for other drivers to see your vehicle from a distance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWARRANTY\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1 Year of after-sale service\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt can be refunded and replaced if the lights are not artificially modified within one year.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIn the event merchandise is damaged, becomes defective, or needs to be returned, please contact customer service. Please provide the product label, video\u0026amp; pictures proof, and make sure the pictures\u0026amp; video clearly show the defect.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDIMENSIONS\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePackage Size (inch): 19.69*18.11*16.54\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWEIGHT\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNet Weight (kg): 3.6\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGross Weight (kg): 5.68\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003ePACKAGE INCLUDED\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser maunal*1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne pair of Tail Lights (include left side and right side)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAuxbeam LED Tail Lights Assembly with Dynamic Welcome Lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e is a standout upgrade for your \u003cstrong\u003e2008-2014 Lexus RX Series 3rd Gen (AL10) (Japan Built)\u003c\/strong\u003e. Here's why it's highly recommended:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDynamic Welcome Lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features \u003cstrong\u003edynamic welcome lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e, adding a premium, stylish touch when you approach or unlock your vehicle, enhancing the overall experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED Technology\u003c\/strong\u003e: \u003cstrong\u003eEnergy-efficient LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e provide bright, clear lighting while offering a longer lifespan compared to traditional bulbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern Look\u003c\/strong\u003e: The sleek, \u003cstrong\u003esmoked lens design\u003c\/strong\u003e gives your Lexus a modern, high-end appearance, improving both aesthetics and visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug-and-Play Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e: With a \u003cstrong\u003edirect-fit design\u003c\/strong\u003e, installation is simple and quick with no modifications required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built to endure the elements, the tail lights are \u003cstrong\u003eweatherproof\u003c\/strong\u003e and durable, ensuring long-lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What’s included in the Auxbeam LED tail light assembly kit for the 2008-2014 Lexus RX?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This kit includes a pair of LED tail lights with dynamic welcome lighting, designed for the 2008-2014 Lexus RX Series 3rd Gen (AL10) Japan-built models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will these tail lights fit my 2008-2014 Lexus RX?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, these LED tail lights are specifically designed for the 2008-2014 Lexus RX Series 3rd Gen (AL10), Japan-built models, ensuring a perfect fit and seamless installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is dynamic welcome lighting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The dynamic welcome lighting feature illuminates in a smooth, flowing pattern when unlocking your vehicle, adding a touch of elegance and sophistication to your Lexus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are these tail lights suitable for both day and night driving?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the LED tail lights are designed to provide high visibility both during the day and night, with bright, responsive lighting for brake and turn signals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does the LED technology improve performance?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The LED lights offer faster illumination, higher energy efficiency, and a longer lifespan compared to traditional incandescent bulbs, enhancing both performance and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is installation easy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the LED tail lights come with a plug-and-play design, making installation straightforward without the need for modifications to your Lexus RX’s wiring or body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e – Gently clean the tail light lenses with a soft cloth to remove dust and debris, avoiding abrasive materials that could scratch the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect for Moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e – Check for condensation or water inside the tail lights, and reseal if necessary to prevent electrical damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTest Dynamic Lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e – Regularly test the dynamic welcome lighting feature to ensure it's functioning correctly, including smooth transitions and brightness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck Wiring\u003c\/strong\u003e – Inspect the wiring and connections for any signs of wear, fraying, or corrosion, and ensure everything is securely connected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTighten Mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ensure the tail lights are firmly mounted to avoid vibrations or movement while driving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect from Debris\u003c\/strong\u003e – Be cautious of road debris and potential impacts that could damage the lights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Auxbeam","offers":[{"title":"Clear","offer_id":46382636663009,"sku":"ZC000167","price":382.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Smoked","offer_id":46382636695777,"sku":"ZC000168","price":382.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/1_c55f882c-ead0-42eb-a75e-577253967982.jpg?v=1746004642"},{"product_id":"x-pro-series-6pcs-5-inch-132w-amber-drl-led-pod-lights-with-power-harness","title":"Auxbeam 6\/8Pcs 5 Inch 132W Amber DRL LED Pod Lights with Power Harness - GP00011297","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAuxbeam 6\/8Pcs 5 Inch 132W Amber DRL LED Pod Lights with Power Harness - GP00011297\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0559\/5725\/8445\/files\/e5f500c1-9c7a-434d-8638-1010b7f4888f.webp?v=1713755003\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0559\/5725\/8445\/files\/544b32e8-b164-4606-a24f-a09ee8be444f.webp?v=1713755006\" alt=\"\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e▶5 Inch LED Driving Lights\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSuper cool engineering combo beam pattern design and advanced LED chips provide super bright. The lights Illuminate the distant road and increase light intensity on the front side for safe driving.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eAdditional amber masks of personality modify the light color. The cover is equipped with strong penetration color temperature for low visibility driving. It allows you to cut through dust, rain, snow, and fog to maintain maximum visibility.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eStrong penetrated Amber DRL, as the reverse lights, fog lights, or warning lights, gives your vehicle an attractive look and gets noticed on the road to avoid accidents.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eUnique bracket structure, high-strength adjustable bracket with gear, good seismic performance. It comes with 2 lead wiring harness kits including fuse relay and switch all in a set, pretty easy and quick hookup.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eThe innovative technique ensures stable current, no electromagnetic interference, and brightness output maintain stability not down.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eCome with the necessary accessories for easy installation, the lights fit different types of Off-Road, Jeep, Heavy Duty, SUV, ATV, UTV, Truck, Car, Boat, etc.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking Voltage: 12V-24V (Wiring harness Relay is 12V Only, can be replaced with 24V)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePower: 66W*2 (Spotlights 60W+DRL 6W)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eLumen: 15600LM (14400LM+DRL 1200LM)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eLens Material: PCB(White\u0026amp;Amber)+SUPER CUP\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eLamp Beads Model(each): P9 10W\/PCS*6+2835 SMD 6W\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eBeam Pattern: Combo Pattern(4 PCS Spot+2 PCS Flood)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eLight Color: White\/Amber(Cover Changed)+Amber DRL\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eColor Temperature: 5700-6500K\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWaterproof Rate: IP68\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eLifespan: 50,000 hours\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eLamp Beads Model: 5050\/7035\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eLight Color: 3000K Amber\/6900K White (Cover Changed)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eHousing Material: Aluminum alloy\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eBody Color: Black\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePackage Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e2 x LED Work Lights\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e2 X Amber PC Cover\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1 X Wiring Harness\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e▶6-LED Pod Light Power Wiring Harness Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommend Fit for Our Pod Light SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e6-Pod Lights (A maximum of six pod lights can be installed):\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eZD000753\/ZD000765\/ZD000764\/ZD000752\/ZD000762\/ZD000763\/ZD000820\/ZD000821\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e4-Pod Lights (A maximum of four pod lights can be installed):\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eZD000617\/ZD000483\/ZD000484\/ZD000696\/ZD000692\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eCompatible: The wiring harness of the LED Pod Light is suitable for three-wire Main Light+DRL mode, and also includes the 6 in 1 3PIN DT Plug 40A fuse and relay. Built-in blade fuses to prevent overcurrent and short circuit to ensure the safety of the vehicle electrical system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eLoad Power: The wiring harness is included in a 3-meter 10AWG (5mm²) main wire\u0026amp;18AWG (0.75 mm²) DRL wire and a 3 PIN DT-adapter plug with a total length of 1.5 meters, it can effectively overload the MAX 40A current, that is, the load power is 480W, DRL power Max 6A (2W)in the 12V.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePlug and Play: The ultra-high quality features of the LED wiring harness kit make it a must-have tool for connecting any lights to your vehicle. The 6-Pod LED harness is easy to install, comes with 3 wires DT Plug and can be used for roof or bumper in your vehicle.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eConnect Number Light: Max 6 Pods\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSwitch Button: Three Mode（Main Light,DRL and Both)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWire Length: 3M Extension Cord +1.5M Connect Cord\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSwitch Wire Length: 3M\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eInstall Pod Distance: 15cm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eDT-plug Adapter Length: 10cm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eDT-plug Connector: 3 PIN\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWire Size: 10AWG national standard（DRL 18AWG）\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWire Material: 5 mm² copper wire (DRL 0.75mm²)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWorking Voltage: 12V（Replaceable 24V relay）\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eLeads Power: Max 480W(current 40A)(DRL 72W\u0026amp;6A)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eFuse Size: 40A\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eDelay: Double 12V Delay\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAuxbeam 6\/8Pcs 5 Inch 132W Amber DRL LED Pod Lights\u003c\/strong\u003e with Power Harness is an excellent addition for enhancing both the functionality and style of your vehicle. Here's why it stands out:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Performance Amber DRL\u003c\/strong\u003e: The \u003cstrong\u003e132W LED pod lights\u003c\/strong\u003e feature bright amber \u003cstrong\u003eDaytime Running Lights (DRL)\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensuring visibility in all conditions while providing a unique, stylish look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEfficient Illumination\u003c\/strong\u003e: These \u003cstrong\u003e5-inch pods\u003c\/strong\u003e offer superior brightness, making them ideal for fog, rain, or off-road driving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Comes with a \u003cstrong\u003epower harness\u003c\/strong\u003e for a quick and simple setup, allowing for hassle-free wiring and power connection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Weather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built to withstand tough environments with a \u003cstrong\u003ewaterproof, shock-resistant design\u003c\/strong\u003e that ensures long-lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Application\u003c\/strong\u003e: Whether you’re driving on-road or off-road, these pod lights provide the extra visibility you need in all conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What’s included in the Auxbeam 5-inch LED pod lights kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This kit includes 6 or 8 pieces of 5-inch 132W amber DRL LED pod lights, along with a power harness for easy installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the benefits of amber DRL LED pod lights?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The amber DRL (Daytime Running Lights) offer enhanced visibility and a distinctive look, improving safety on the road and during off-road activities, especially in foggy or low-light conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How bright are the 132W LED pod lights?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Each pod light delivers powerful illumination with 132W, offering excellent light output for both off-road and on-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the kit come with a power harness?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the kit includes a power harness, making installation quick and easy by providing the necessary connections for wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are these pod lights suitable for off-roading?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely! The pod lights are designed to withstand tough off-road conditions, offering reliable performance, durability, and brightness for rugged environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many pod lights are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: You can choose between 6 or 8 pod lights, allowing flexibility based on your lighting needs and desired coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e – Clean the lenses with a soft, damp cloth to remove dirt and prevent buildup that could impact brightness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck for Moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e – Inspect the lights for any condensation or water inside the pods, and reseal if necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTighten Mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e – Periodically check and tighten the mounting hardware to prevent vibrations and keep the lights securely in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWiring Inspection\u003c\/strong\u003e – Regularly inspect the power harness and wiring for any signs of wear, fraying, or corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Harness Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ensure the power harness is securely connected and free from damage to maintain proper functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Alignment\u003c\/strong\u003e – Verify the alignment of the LED pods to ensure they are projecting light in the desired direction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Auxbeam","offers":[{"title":"6Pcs Pod Lights+Additional 6-Pod Power Harness \/ Without Covers","offer_id":46382637056225,"sku":"GP00011297","price":403.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6Pcs Pod Lights+Additional 6-Pod Power Harness \/ Black Covers","offer_id":46382637088993,"sku":"GP00011298","price":424.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6Pcs Pod Lights+Additional 6-Pod Power Harness \/ Black Leather Covers","offer_id":46382637121761,"sku":"GP00011299","price":424.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8Pcs Pod Lights+Additional 8-Pod Power Harness \/ Without Covers","offer_id":46382637154529,"sku":"GP00012186","price":535.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8Pcs Pod Lights+Additional 8-Pod Power Harness \/ Black Covers","offer_id":46382637187297,"sku":"GP00012187","price":594.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8Pcs Pod Lights+Additional 8-Pod Power Harness \/ Black Leather Covers","offer_id":46382637220065,"sku":"GP00012189","price":611.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/481a238c-3e45-4e94-8f27-38c0e4f70b2e.jpg?v=1746004667"},{"product_id":"jeep-specific-kits-for-jeep-wrangler-jk-2007-2017-gp00007524","title":"Auxbeam 52\" 5D-PRO LED Light Bar \u0026 3\"LED PODS \u0026 2 IN 1 Design Windshield Mounting Brackets For Jeep Wrangler JK 2007~2017 - GP00007524","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eAuxbeam 52\" 5D-PRO LED Light Bar \u0026amp; 3\"LED PODS \u0026amp; 2 IN 1 Design Windshield Mounting Brackets For Jeep Wrangler JK 2007~2017 - GP00007524\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e▶52\" 5D-PRO Series LED Light Bar\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSize: 52\" \u003cbr\u003eWattage: 450W \u003cbr\u003eInput voltage: 10-30V\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eLumens: 55000LM\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eLighting Distance: 1LUX@1345M\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLED Type: KW3+P8 chips \u003cbr\u003eLED Chips Quantity:  KW3*5+P8*80 \u003cbr\u003eBeam Type: Combo with 5D Projectors\u003cbr\u003eColor temperature: 6500K\u003cbr\u003eWaterproof rate: IP68 \u003cbr\u003eLight color: White\u003cbr\u003eBody color: BLACK\u003cbr\u003ePCS\/SET: 1Pcs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e▶3\" White\/Amber LED Pod Light\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003eInput voltage: 12-30VPower: 80W\/SET\u003cbr\u003eRaw Lumen: 9600M\/PAIR\u003cbr\u003eEffective Lumen: 8000LM\/PAIR\u003cbr\u003eLighting distance: 1LUX@1699FEETLED CHIPS: P8*5\u003cbr\u003eLED quantity (each one): 5 Pcs\u003cbr\u003eColor temperature:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6000K-White beam \/ 3500K-Yellow beam\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWaterproof rate: IP68\u003cbr\u003eLight color: White\/Yellow\u003cbr\u003eBody color: BLACK\u003cbr\u003ePCS\/SET: 2Pcs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 in 1 design front windshield mounting brackets provides ample room for you to hold a 52 inch straight led light bar and mount 2 pieces led pods on the right \u0026amp; left side A pillars, Provides you with a brighter view during driving;\u003cbr\u003eSolid steel construction. Precision laser cut. One-piece fully welded for extra strength;\u003cbr\u003eThe back-plate pad effectively protects your vehicle paint and make sure your led driving work light pods installing firmly;\u003cbr\u003ePerfectly contour to A-pillar,firmly hold the light bar in place.\u003cbr\u003eProfessional installation is highly recommended.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED LIGHT BAR - 52\" 5D-PRO Series LED Light Bar Combo Beam\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAdopting evolutional 5D optic tech (Dual reflector cup + projector lens) be used for project more effective light to faraway and surround areas without foggy light\/dark zone;\u003cbr\u003eSpot \u0026amp; flood beam integrated in a light bar for optimal light spread.Project light to extreme distance \u0026amp; keep bright surround lighting in close range;\u003cbr\u003eBlack extruded aluminum profile, high transmission PC lens, 360 angle rotating metal side brackets;\u003cbr\u003eIP67 rated waterproof \u0026amp; dustproof, durable enough to withstand any harsh environments, about 50,000 hours life time;\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLED PODS: 3\" White\/Amber Pods\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e-P8 LED chip high intensity and perfect visibility, perfect option for led driving light.\u003cbr\u003e-Additional yellow masks for personality modify your pods' color, get strong penetration color temperature for low visibility driving.\u003cbr\u003e-Comes with 2 lead DT plugs wiring harness kit include fuse relay and switch all in a set, pretty easy and quick hook up.\u003cbr\u003e-Rugged die casting aluminum body designed for optimal heat removal, handles rough off-road environments and resists corrosion.\u003cbr\u003e-Impact resistant polycarbonate lens. IP68 rated water resistant.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 IN 1 DESIGN A-Pillar Mount\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePorducts Fitment: Apply to most 52\" straight light bars, not for 52\" curved light bars;\u003cbr\u003eSuitable for bottom mounted LED\/HID driving lights, work lights, auxiliary spot\/fog lights with 10mm bolts;\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003eNotice:Mounting bolts not included,please use the stock ones.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003ePackage Included\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x 52\" 5D-PRO LED Light Bar\u003cbr\u003e2 x 3\" White\/Amber LED Pods Lights\u003cbr\u003e2 x Windshield brackets for 52\" straight light bar\u003cbr\u003e2 x Wiring harness kit with relay and fuse *1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/m.media-amazon.com\/images\/S\/aplus-media-library-service-media\/15fb4271-18e4-4120-9a8b-4b9a4c341b73.__CR0,0,970,600_PT0_SX970_V1___.jpg\" style=\"color: #ff2a00; font-size: 1.4em;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAuxbeam 52\" 5D-PRO LED Light Bar \u0026amp; 3\" LED Pods \u0026amp; 2-in-1 Windshield Mounting Brackets\u003c\/strong\u003e is a top-tier lighting upgrade for \u003cstrong\u003eJeep Wrangler JK (2007–2017)\u003c\/strong\u003e. Here's why it’s highly recommended:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful 52\" 5D-PRO LED Light Bar\u003c\/strong\u003e: Offers \u003cstrong\u003ebright, long-range illumination\u003c\/strong\u003e, perfect for off-road adventures and ensuring you can see clearly in the darkest conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 3\" LED Pods\u003c\/strong\u003e: The \u003cstrong\u003e3\" LED pods\u003c\/strong\u003e provide additional side and peripheral lighting, ensuring a well-rounded view on and off the road.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInnovative 2-in-1 Design Brackets\u003c\/strong\u003e: The \u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1 windshield mounting brackets\u003c\/strong\u003e allow easy, secure mounting for both the light bar and pods, simplifying the installation process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Weather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed to withstand the toughest environments, with \u003cstrong\u003ewaterproof, shockproof, and dustproof features\u003c\/strong\u003e for reliable performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e: The mounting brackets make the setup quick and simple, ideal for those looking to enhance their Jeep's lighting with minimal effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What’s included in the Auxbeam 52\" 5D-PRO LED light bar kit for Jeep Wrangler JK?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The kit includes a 52\" 5D-PRO LED light bar, two 3\" LED pods, and a 2-in-1 design windshield mounting bracket for easy and secure installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this fit my 2007-2017 Jeep Wrangler JK?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the kit is specifically designed for 2007-2017 Jeep Wrangler JK models, ensuring an exact fit and easy installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How powerful is the 52\" 5D-PRO LED light bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 52\" 5D-PRO LED light bar delivers exceptional brightness, offering powerful illumination to enhance off-road visibility and performance in challenging conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What do the 3\" LED pods add to the setup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 3\" LED pods provide additional focused light, helping illuminate narrow paths, dark trails, and off-road obstacles, improving safety during your adventure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the benefit of the 2-in-1 windshield mounting bracket?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 2-in-1 design allows for the convenient mounting of both the 52\" light bar and 3\" LED pods on your Jeep's windshield, streamlining the installation process with no drilling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are these lights designed for off-road use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the 52\" light bar and 3\" LED pods are built for off-road conditions, offering rugged durability, bright light output, and waterproof protection for all your outdoor adventures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e – Use a soft cloth to wipe away dirt and grime from the light bar and pods. Avoid harsh chemicals that could damage the lenses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect for Moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e – Check both the light bar and pods for any signs of moisture or condensation and reseal if necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e – Tighten the 2-in-1 windshield mounting brackets to ensure a stable fit and prevent vibrations while driving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWiring Check\u003c\/strong\u003e – Examine wiring for damage, fraying, or corrosion, especially in areas where wires may rub or get pinched.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Alignment\u003c\/strong\u003e – Verify that both the light bar and pods are aligned properly to ensure optimal illumination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect from Debris\u003c\/strong\u003e – Consider adding protective covers to the lights to prevent damage from off-road debris and rocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Auxbeam","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382637449441,"sku":"GP00007524","price":388.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/6_e3025d9f-3daf-4f3f-8672-652870f30d15.jpg?v=1746004680"},{"product_id":"07-17bjeep-jk-mega-bundle-7-led-halo-headlights-52led-light-bar-18w-pods-light","title":"Auxbeam  07-17 Jeep JK - Mega Bundle, 7\" LED Halo Headlights,52\" 300W Straight LED Light Bar\u0026Windshield Mounting Brackets, 18W Pods light - GP00007587","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAuxbeam  07-17 Jeep JK - Mega Bundle, 7\" LED Halo Headlights,52\" 300W Straight LED Light Bar\u0026amp;Windshield Mounting Brackets, 18W Pods light - GP00007587\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e▶\u003c\/span\u003e7\" LED Halo Headlight\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ePower: 90W\u003cbr\u003eVoltage: 12V\u003cbr\u003eColor Temperature: 6000K pure white\u003cbr\u003eLife Span: 50,000 Hours\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Aluminum Alloy\u003cbr\u003eLens material: Polycarbonate lens\u003cbr\u003eWaterproof Rate: IP67\u003cbr\u003ePackage Dimension: 40*20*12cm\/15.7*7.9*4.7inch\u003cbr\u003eColor: Black\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e▶\u003c\/span\u003e52\" 300W LED Light Bar\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePcs\/Set: 1\u003cbr\u003eBeam Type: Spot(30 degree) \u0026amp; Flood(60 degree) Combo\u003cbr\u003eColor temperature: 6500K Cool White\u003cbr\u003eOperating Voltage: 9-32V\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Black Diecast aluminum alloy housing\u003cbr\u003eMounting Bracket: Diecast aluminum alloy\u003cbr\u003eWaterproof rate: IP67\u003cbr\u003eWorking Temperature:-40~85 degree Celsius\u003cbr\u003eLifespan: 50,000 Hours\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e▶\u003c\/span\u003e18W LED Pods Light:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBeam Type: Spot Beam\u003cbr\u003eColor temperature: 6000K\u003cbr\u003eOperating Voltage: 9-32V\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Black Diecast aluminum alloy housing\u003cbr\u003eMounting Bracket: Diecast aluminum alloy\u003cbr\u003eWaterproof rate: IP67\u003cbr\u003eWorking Temperature:-40~85 degree Celsius\u003cbr\u003eLifespan: 50,000 Hours\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFitment:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit for 2007 - 2018 Jeep Wrangler JK 2 door\u003cbr\u003eFit for 2007 - 2018 Jeep Wrangler JK 4 door\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e▶\u003c\/span\u003e7\" LED Halo Headlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour Light modes: Daytime Running Light and Amber Turn Signal Light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRustproof and Shock-Proof. Sealed Housing, Water-proof IP67. Over 50000 Hours Lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in antiflicker, will not cause radio interference or flickering issues like other similar light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade of Durable DIE-Casting Aluminum Housing and Polycarbonate Lens, Ribbed Design for Efficient Cooling, Great Strength and Lightweight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCome with necessary wiring (H4 to H13 Adapter) to install, Only 20 mins or less to make them work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e▶52\" 300W LED Light Bar:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack extruded aluminum profile, high transmission PC lens, 360 angle rotating metal side brackets;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIP67 rated waterproof \u0026amp; dustproof, durable enough to withstand any harsh environments, about 50,000 hours life time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide operating voltage range: Off-Road vehicles-ATVs, SUV, truck, Fork lift, trains, boat;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecialized vehicles-Fire engine, police cars, rescue vehicle, Communication vehicle, military command vehicle etc;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngineering vehicles-Excavator, dozer, road roller, bulldozer, crane and mining truck etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e▶18W LED Pods Light:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh quality 6063 aluminum body, durable to withstand any harsh condition\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble Row LED chips design, the classic one of LED Light Bar. High Intensity LEDs stable performance satisfy a longer beam of light distance and width while consuming little power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow current draw- no harms to battery and save gas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable vertical fins design for better cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat performance of waterproof, dustproof, shockproof, Anti-corrosion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e▶52\" Windshield Mounting Brackets\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAll in 1 design front windshield mounting brackets provides ample room for you to hold\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e52 inch straight led light bar\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e and \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emount 2 pieces led pods\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e on the right \u0026amp; left side A pillars, Provides you with a brighter view during driving;\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid steel construction. Precision laser cut. One-piece fully welded for extra strength;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe back-plate pad effectively protects your vehicle paint and make sure your led driving work light pods installing firmly;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfectly contour to A-pillar,firmly hold the light bar in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for bottom-mounted LED\/HID driving lights, work lights, auxiliary spot\/fog lights with 10mm bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 x 7 inch Round Led light\u003cbr\u003e2 x  H4 to H13 Adapter\u003cbr\u003e2 x  Extension Wire\u003cbr\u003e1 x 52\" 300W LED Light Bar\u003cbr\u003e2 x 52\" Windshield Mounting Brackets\u003cbr\u003e2 x 18W Pods Light\u003cbr\u003e1 x Wiring Harness\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAuxbeam 07-17 Jeep JK Mega Bundle\u003c\/strong\u003e is the ultimate lighting package for your Jeep, offering a complete solution for superior illumination. Here's why it stands out:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful 7\" LED Halo Headlights\u003c\/strong\u003e: These \u003cstrong\u003eLED halo headlights\u003c\/strong\u003e provide clear, bright lighting and a stylish appearance, ensuring better night driving visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImpressive 52\" 300W Straight LED Light Bar\u003c\/strong\u003e: Delivers \u003cstrong\u003ewide, long-range lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e, perfect for off-road use, providing high-intensity output to light up any terrain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18W Pod Lights\u003c\/strong\u003e: These \u003cstrong\u003e18W pods\u003c\/strong\u003e are perfect for adding extra illumination to dark corners and for enhancing peripheral visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Comes with \u003cstrong\u003ewindshield mounting brackets\u003c\/strong\u003e for simple and secure installation, without the need for extra tools or modifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRugged Durability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed to endure tough off-road environments, these lights offer reliable performance in all conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What’s included in the Auxbeam 07-17 Jeep JK Mega Bundle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This bundle includes 7\" LED Halo headlights, a 52\" 300W straight LED light bar with windshield mounting brackets, and 18W pod lights for enhanced lighting performance on your Jeep JK.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this fit my 2007-2017 Jeep JK?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, this bundle is designed specifically for 2007-2017 Jeep JK models, ensuring a perfect fit with no modifications required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the benefits of the 7\" LED Halo headlights?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 7\" LED Halo headlights provide superior brightness and a stylish halo design, offering both improved night driving visibility and a sleek, modern look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How powerful is the 52\" 300W LED light bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 52\" 300W LED light bar delivers a massive light output, providing exceptional off-road illumination, perfect for nighttime trail navigation and rugged terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the 18W pod lights suitable for off-roading?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the 18W pod lights are designed for off-road use, providing powerful, wide illumination for better visibility on trails and during adverse weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is installation easy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the included windshield mounting brackets and plug-and-play harness make the installation process simple and straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How durable are these lights?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The lights are built with high-quality materials to withstand harsh off-road environments, with a waterproof rating for added protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Lights Regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e – Wipe the 7\" LED halo headlights, 52\" LED light bar, and 18W pod lights with a soft cloth to keep lenses clear and free from dirt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect for Moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e – Check all lights for condensation or water ingress and reseal if necessary to prevent electrical issues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e – Periodically check and tighten windshield mounting brackets and light bar brackets to ensure stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWiring and Connections\u003c\/strong\u003e – Inspect all wiring for damage, fraying, or loose connections and address issues promptly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck Alignment\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ensure headlights and light bar are properly aligned for optimal visibility on and off the road.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect from Debris\u003c\/strong\u003e – Consider adding covers to lights to prevent damage from rocks and debris while off-roading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Auxbeam","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382637613281,"sku":"GP00007587","price":338.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/3_4621e7f6-f2e1-4a24-85d9-61ac54747cf3.jpg?v=1746004689"},{"product_id":"gp00007533","title":"Auxbeam 9'' Round 100W LED Headlights with DRL \u0026 4 Inch 30W LED Fog Lights with Adapter Ring for Jeep Wrangler JL 2018-2019 - GP00007533","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAuxbeam 9'' Round 100W LED Headlights with DRL \u0026amp; 4 Inch 30W LED Fog Lights with Adapter Ring for Jeep Wrangler JL 2018-2019 - GP00007533\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/m.media-amazon.com\/images\/S\/aplus-media\/sc\/70695f7e-ece5-40a4-890c-cd79f3660bd0.__CR0,0,970,600_PT0_SX970_V1___.jpg\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan\u003e''\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Round \u003c\/span\u003eLED Headlights\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003ePower: 100W\/pcs\u003cbr\u003eVoltage: 12V\u003cbr\u003eLumens: High beam-6500LM, Low beam-3000LM\u003cbr\u003eColor Temperature: 6000K\u003cbr\u003eLifespan: 50,000 Hours\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWaterproof Rate: IP67\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Aluminum Alloy\u003cbr\u003eLens: Polycarbonate\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4'' LED Fog Lights\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePower: 17W\/pcs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVoltage: 12V\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLumens: 1200LM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eColor Temperature: 6000K\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLifespan: 50,000 Hours\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWaterproof Rate: IP67\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaterial: Aluminum Alloy\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLens: PC\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWITH\/WITHOUT halo ring angel eyes: without halo ring angel eyes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eFitment :\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit for 2018 2019 Jeep Wrangler JL \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9\u003cb\u003e''\u003c\/b\u003e Round LED Headlights\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e100% Advanced high-quality Led chips driver reside inside of the light to keep the Led's running at their peak intensity.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLight output: 3000Lms@30W on low beam, 6500Lms@100W on high beam, 22W on DRL. Brighter 3 times than stock light.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDurable polycarbonate lens will resist the test of time, keeping the housings looking new for many years to come. With rebreather: better waterproof, dispelling fog inside.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBuilt-in adjustable screw, you can easy to adjust alignment and the distance of the high\/low beam.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEMC inside, no Electromagnetic Interference; DOT approved, making your vehicles safe driving\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEasy to Install--Plug and play makes this Led light very easy to install for Jeep JL. No bracket needed.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4\u003cb\u003e''\u003c\/b\u003e LED Fog Lights\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMade with 100% original high-performance LED chips and durable die-cast aluminum sealed housing, IP67 waterproof rate, rustproof and shock-proof. Provide the best driving experience in foggy environment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWith 6000K bright white lighting. The light provides a brilliant luminous light output, closer to the color temperature of daylight and dramatically improves light projection distance and overall visibility.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRebreather hole at the backside can solve the problem of getting water and moisture inside.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlug and play. Designed to simply plug into your existing wiring without any cutting or drilling.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003ePackage Included\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2pcs 9 Inch Round Led Headlights\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2pcs 4 Inch LED Fog Lights\u003cbr\u003e2pcs Brackets for modified steel bumper\u003cbr\u003e2pcs Brackets for plastic bumper\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAuxbeam 9\" Round 100W LED Headlights with DRL \u0026amp; 4 Inch 30W LED Fog Lights with Adapter Ring\u003c\/strong\u003e is a top-tier lighting upgrade for your \u003cstrong\u003eJeep Wrangler JL (2018-2019)\u003c\/strong\u003e. Here's why it's highly recommended:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExceptional Visibility\u003c\/strong\u003e: \u003cstrong\u003e9\" round 100W LED headlights\u003c\/strong\u003e provide ultra-bright, clear light for superior night driving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated DRL\u003c\/strong\u003e: \u003cstrong\u003eDaytime Running Lights\u003c\/strong\u003e enhance your Jeep’s visibility, adding both safety and a stylish, modern touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful Fog Lights\u003c\/strong\u003e: The \u003cstrong\u003e4\" 30W LED fog lights\u003c\/strong\u003e excel in harsh conditions, offering excellent illumination for fog, rain, or snow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHassle-Free Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes \u003cstrong\u003eadapter rings\u003c\/strong\u003e for easy, straightforward installation with no need for additional modifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRugged Build\u003c\/strong\u003e: Engineered to withstand the toughest off-road conditions for lasting performance and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What’s included in the Auxbeam Jeep Wrangler JL lighting kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The kit includes 9\" round 100W LED headlights with DRL (Daytime Running Lights) and 4\" 30W LED fog lights, plus an adapter ring for simple installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this fit my 2018-2019 Jeep Wrangler JL?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, this kit is designed specifically for 2018-2019 Jeep Wrangler JL models, ensuring a perfect fit with no modifications required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What makes the 9\" LED headlights stand out?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 9\" LED headlights offer powerful 100W LEDs with bright illumination, enhanced by a sleek DRL feature for improved daytime visibility and a modern look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do the 4\" LED fog lights improve visibility?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 4\" 30W LED fog lights provide a wide, focused beam, ideal for clearing fog, rain, and low-visibility conditions while off-roading or driving in challenging weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is installation easy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the included adapter ring and plug-and-play setup make installation straightforward and hassle-free, with no need for cutting or drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are these lights suitable for off-road use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely! Both the 100W headlights and 30W fog lights are built to withstand tough off-road conditions, offering long-lasting performance and superior light output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e – Use a soft cloth with mild soap and water to remove dust and debris from lenses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect for Moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e – Check for condensation inside both headlights and fog lights and reseal if necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTighten Mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ensure that the headlights and fog lights are securely mounted to avoid vibrations or looseness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Wiring\u003c\/strong\u003e – Regularly check wiring and connectors for signs of wear or corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Adapter Ring Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ensure the adapter rings are correctly installed to maintain a secure and effective fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlignment Check\u003c\/strong\u003e – Verify that headlights and fog lights are properly aligned for optimal lighting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Auxbeam","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382637809889,"sku":"GP00007533","price":365.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/CgBkmGEsXKCARQCfAAo_cyHq0xk687.jpg?v=1746004699"},{"product_id":"copy-of-7-led-halo-headlights-5d-pro-52-straight-led-light-bar-windshield-mounting-brackets-18w-flood-beam-pod-lights-set","title":"Auxbeam 7\" LED Halo Headlights + 5D-PRO 52\" Straight LED Light Bar + Windshield Mounting Brackets + 18W Flood Beam Pod Lights Set for Jeep Wrangler TJ - GP00007758","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAuxbeam 7\" LED Halo Headlights + 5D-PRO 52\" Straight LED Light Bar + Windshield Mounting Brackets + 18W Flood Beam Pod Lights Set for Jeep Wrangler TJ - GP00007758\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5D-PRO 52\" 450W LED Light Bar\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInput voltage: 10-30V\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWattage: 450W\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLED chips quality: KW3*5+P8*80\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLumens: 55000LM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLighting distance: 1LUX@2570FEET\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWaterproof rate: IP68\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eColor temperature: 6500K\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLifespan: 50,000 Hours\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eLight color: White\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003e7\" LED Halo Headlights\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eInput voltage: 12V\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWattage: 90W\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLumens: High beam-4500LM\/ Low Beam-3200LM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLifespan: 50,000 Hours\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWaterproof: IP67\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eColor temperature: 6000K pure white\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003e4\" Flood Beam Pod Lights\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInput voltage: 9-32V\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWattage: 18W\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLumens: 1800LM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWaterproof rate: IP67\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eColor temperature: 6000K\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLight color: White\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLifespan: 50,000 Hours\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaterial: Black Diecast aluminum alloy housing\u003cbr\u003eMounting Bracket: Diecast aluminum alloy\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWorking Temperature:-40~85 degrees Celsius\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFitment:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFit for Jeep Wrangler TJ 1997-2006\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNewest upgraded 5D-PRO LED light bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e B\u003cspan\u003erighter, wider \u0026amp; further vision. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-intensity KW3 led chips, concurrently upgrade light source to P8 beads on both sides.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe LED headlights\u003c\/strong\u003e provide four modes: High beam\/ Low beam\/ Daytime running light\/ Amber turn signal light\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e18W pod light\u003c\/strong\u003e for broad viewing area. Up to 1800LM flood beam would light up your road.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e2 in 1 design A-pillars front windshield mounting brackets provide ample room for you to hold a \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e52 inch straight led light bar\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e and \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emount 2 pieces led pods\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e on the right \u0026amp; left side.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003ePackage Included\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWindshield mounting brackets*2\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e4\" LED Light Bar*2\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e7\" LED Headlight*2\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e52\" LED Light Bar*1\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eNecessary mounting hardware, adapter, wiring harness, extension wire are included\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAuxbeam 7\" LED Halo Headlights + 5D-PRO 52\" Straight LED Light Bar + Windshield Mounting Brackets + 18W Flood Beam Pod Lights Set\u003c\/strong\u003e is a comprehensive lighting solution for your Jeep Wrangler TJ. Here’s why it’s a top pick:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Performance LED Headlights\u003c\/strong\u003e: 7\" \u003cstrong\u003eLED Halo headlights\u003c\/strong\u003e offer improved visibility and style with superior brightness and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful Light Bar\u003c\/strong\u003e: The \u003cstrong\u003e5D-PRO 52\" Straight LED Light Bar\u003c\/strong\u003e delivers exceptional long-range illumination, perfect for off-road adventures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes \u003cstrong\u003ewindshield mounting brackets\u003c\/strong\u003e for straightforward, secure installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlood Beam Pod Lights\u003c\/strong\u003e: \u003cstrong\u003e18W flood beam pod lights\u003c\/strong\u003e enhance side and peripheral visibility, ensuring safety in all environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRugged and Durable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed to withstand extreme conditions, providing reliable performance on and off the road.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What’s included in the Auxbeam Jeep Wrangler TJ lighting kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This kit includes 7\" LED Halo headlights, a 52\" 5D-PRO straight LED light bar, windshield mounting brackets, and 18W flood beam pod lights for enhanced visibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this fit my Jeep Wrangler TJ?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it’s specifically designed for 1997-2006 Jeep Wrangler TJ models, ensuring perfect fitment with easy installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the benefits of the LED Halo headlights?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 7\" LED Halo headlights provide superior brightness, a unique halo design, and a long-lasting lifespan, improving both style and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How powerful is the 52\" LED light bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 52\" 5D-PRO LED light bar offers intense illumination with high-performance LED chips, providing excellent off-road visibility, even in the darkest conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the pod lights suitable for off-roading?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the 18W flood beam pod lights are designed for off-road use, offering broad illumination to light up trails and rugged terrains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is installation easy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The included mounting brackets allow for a straightforward, bolt-on installation without the need for cutting or drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e – Use a soft cloth and mild detergent to clean lenses, avoiding abrasive materials that can scratch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck for Moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e – Inspect for water or condensation inside the lights and reseal if necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e – Tighten mounting brackets periodically to prevent vibrations from loosening components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWiring Inspection\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ensure all wiring is secure, insulated, and free from wear to prevent electrical issues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect Against Debris\u003c\/strong\u003e – Add protective covers or grills to safeguard against rocks or debris on rough trails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpt for Proper Alignment\u003c\/strong\u003e – Regularly check and adjust the headlights to maintain proper road illumination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Auxbeam","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382638039265,"sku":"GP00007758","price":382.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/QP005972_ZD000681_QP005668_ZD000511.jpg?v=1746004711"},{"product_id":"ac-1200-rgb-switch-panel-with-app-remote-control-toggle-momentary-pulsed-mode-supported","title":"Auxbeam AC-1200 RGB Switch Panel with APP\u0026Remote Control, Toggle\/ Momentary\/ Pulsed Mode Supported(One-Sided Outlet) - QP010273","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAuxbeam AC-1200 RGB Switch Panel with APP\u0026amp;Remote Control, Toggle\/ Momentary\/ Pulsed Mode Supported(One-Sided Outlet) - QP010273\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0559\/5725\/8445\/files\/1464x600_1.jpg?v=1695887293\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNew AC-1200 Series RGB Switch Panel now available!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWe've made some big upgrades to the switch panel! AC-1200 series switch panel has 3 operating modes for you to choose from. Switch panel direct operation, as well as APP and remote control.The wireless remote control has a connection range of up to 165ft\/50m.And one circuit control box can simultaneously pair with four wireless remote controllers. One remote control can control multiple AC-1200 switch panels.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eUpgraded Functions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✔ RGB Backlight\u003c\/strong\u003e - Unlimited color options match dash lighting and vehicle\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✔ 3 Mode Setting\u003c\/strong\u003e - Toggle\/Momentary\/Pulsed\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✔ Bluetooth APP Control\u003c\/strong\u003e - Access to accessories no matter whether you are in the vehicle\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✔ Wireless Remote Control\u003c\/strong\u003e - With a strong magnet, which can beadsorbed on the iron metal, which is very convenient to use (Wireless remote control \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003eincludes batteries\u003c\/span\u003e)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✔ Manual Backlit Off\u003c\/strong\u003e - Turn off the backlight when it's daytime or when it's not necessary\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✔ Group Setting\u003c\/strong\u003e - Set up a group via APP to control 2 or more lights at the same time\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✔ DIY Switch Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e - 120pcs stickers\/ 200 default icons\/ phone album photos\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0559\/5725\/8445\/files\/CgBkmGXpgs-AYjBPAAm-WQoauDg993.jpg?v=1717057270\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0559\/5725\/8445\/files\/CgBkl2XpegeATF81AApM05Spgqs822.jpg?v=1716621697\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0559\/5725\/8445\/files\/1464x600_4.jpg?v=1695887323\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0559\/5725\/8445\/files\/1464x600_8.jpg?v=1695887348\"\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eVoltage Input: DC 12-24V\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eMax Current: 100A\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRated Voltage: 12V 20A \/ 24V 10A\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eMax Power: 1200W\/12V,2400W\/24V\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWaterproof Rating: IP65\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eOperating Temperature: -40°C ~105℃\/-40℉~221℉\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cb\u003eAC-1200 RGB Switch Panel\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e12-Gang one-sided outlet switch panel.\u003c\/strong\u003e It allows you to control up to 12 different LED lights or devices. Command all your vehicle accessories by the tap of your finger.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e3 control methods\u003c\/strong\u003e - Switch panel \u0026amp; Bluetooth APP\u0026amp;Remote Control, work synchronously. Built-in Bluetooth module allows you to program and control the system anytime \u0026amp; anywhere.The wireless remote control has a connection range of up to 165ft\/50m.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e3 modes setting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each switch has 3 kinds of light status, different indicator status represents different working modes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eGreat for things like fog lights or driving\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eBLUE-Momentary, Press \u0026amp; hold the button to turn on, then release the button to turn off, just like pressing the horn button.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eGREEN-Pulsed, Flash mode. Press the switch once and the device will flash on\/flash off, continuing until the switch is pressed again. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRGB backlight color.\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust backlight color and brightness to match your vehicle.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBacklight brightness automatic dimmable.\u003c\/strong\u003e Automatic adjustment according to the brightness variation of the environment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAssign each switch a logo (120 universal stickers to choose from)\u003c\/strong\u003e. Use the provided switch labels to indicate what’s connected to that switch. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDIY button icon on APP\u003c\/strong\u003e. 200 default icons or use your own photos from the phone album.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSetup group.\u003c\/strong\u003e Manage multiple accessories in your custom groups. Assign 2 or more accessories to the same switch button and then control them at the same time.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eUniversal fitment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Widely use for Truck, Boat, Car, Bus, Off-road, Powersports, Marine, ATV, UTV, SUV, Side by Side, SxS, Heavy-duty machines, etc.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof IP65\u003c\/strong\u003e, high sensitivity, stability and strong anti-interference ability.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSafety protection.\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in resettable fuse, reverse polarity protection, over-voltage protection, and over-current protection. The fuse adapter makes it easy to connect the control box to the vehicle's fuse box without cutting, splicing or damaging the original wiring in the vehicle.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation.\u003c\/strong\u003e No complicated wiring, no need to cut a big hole in your vehicle. Plug \u0026amp; play wiring harness can connect the LED lights or accessories easily.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWith 2 types of mounting brackets\u003c\/strong\u003e, you can mount the panel in the best location for your vehicle, such as the dash panel, center console, overhead sunglasses holder, etc.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cb\u003e▶12 Gang Remote Control\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eAdvanced thermal protection and overload protection design makes the load work safely.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eThe back of the product has a magnetic backplate, which can be easily hung on any metal and can be placed and picked up at any time.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eUltra-low latency, 433 signal frequency, no other equipment interference control to block the signal\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eThe wireless remote control has a connection range of up to165 feet\/50 meters.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eReplaceable battery\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e120 Universal Stickers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e120 Universal Stickers, works with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/auxbeam.com\/products\/ac-1200-rgb-switch-panel-with-app-remote-control-toggle-momentary-pulsed-mode-supportedone-sided-outlet\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eQP010273(AC-1200)\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/auxbeam.com\/products\/ar-600-rgb-switch-panel-with-app-toggle-momentary-pulsed-mode-supported\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eQP009889(AR-600)\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/auxbeam.com\/products\/qp009118\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eQP009118(RA80 XL)\u003c\/a\u003e,\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/auxbeam.com\/products\/rb80-xl-rgb-switch-panel-with-app-toggle-momentary-pulsed-mode-supported-two-sided-outlet\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eQP010188 (RB80 XL)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e20FT Inch Extension Cable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eAuxbeam Extension Cable. This 20-feet, 4-pin wiring harness extension features a Play and Plug design, allowing for effortless installation of extension wires. With ample length, it provides sufficient reach to extend your wiring harness to the desired location for installation of the controller box\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePremium Made. Auxbeam switch panel extension boasts an especially thick hard wire, which not only enhances its strength and longevity, but also provides superior protection against EMI and RF interference, including automotive circuit interference\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eWide Application. The Auxbeam cable extension has a broad range of applications and can be utilized to extend control over any vehicle electrical appliance for your modification needs. This includes, but is not limited to UTVs, trucks, trailers, buses, motorhomes, and long-distance parking aid sectors\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eNo Splicing. This extender eliminates the need for splicing of new wires, as it allows for easy extension of existing wires. It is compatible with power input ranging from DC 12V to DC 24V, and features a professional CCTV\/monitor 4-pin connector that can be used to connect a rearview camera, DVD player, TV box, or other similar devices\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePackage Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1 Set of 12 Gang RGB Switch Panel (all necessary hardware and wiring harness is included)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eInstallation Instructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAuxbeam AC-1200 RGB Switch Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e is a powerful and versatile control system designed for vehicles, off-road setups, and custom electrical applications. Here’s why it stands out:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Mode Functionality\u003c\/strong\u003e: Supports \u003cstrong\u003etoggle, momentary, and pulsed modes\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing flexibility for different electrical components such as lights, compressors, or accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmart App \u0026amp; Remote Control\u003c\/strong\u003e: Manage your switches via the \u003cstrong\u003eAuxbeam mobile app or included remote\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing for wireless customization and control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRGB Backlighting\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features customizable \u003cstrong\u003eRGB lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e, letting you personalize the switch panel's appearance to match your vehicle's style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Power Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed to handle heavy-duty applications, ensuring stable performance even with multiple high-power accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUser-Friendly Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Comes with a \u003cstrong\u003epre-wired fuse and relay system\u003c\/strong\u003e, simplifying setup and reducing installation time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Weather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built for tough environments, making it perfect for \u003cstrong\u003eoff-road, marine, and commercial vehicle use\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-Sided Outlet Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensures a \u003cstrong\u003ecleaner and more efficient wiring setup\u003c\/strong\u003e, reducing clutter and improving organization in your vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the Auxbeam AC-1200 RGB Switch Panel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Auxbeam AC-1200 is a multifunctional switch panel that allows you to control various electrical accessories in your vehicle or off-road setup. It features RGB backlighting, remote control functionality, and multiple switching modes, making it a versatile solution for managing auxiliary lights, compressors, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What devices can be controlled with this switch panel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The AC-1200 switch panel can control various 12V\/24V electrical accessories, including LED light bars, fog lights, rock lights, air compressors, winches, and other automotive or off-road components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What control options does this switch panel offer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This switch panel supports three switching modes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToggle Mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e Press once to turn on, press again to turn off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMomentary Mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stays on while the button is held, turns off when released.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePulsed Mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sends a short burst of power when pressed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I control the switch panel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: You can control the switch panel using the physical buttons, the \u003cstrong\u003emobile app (Bluetooth connectivity)\u003c\/strong\u003e, or the \u003cstrong\u003ewireless remote control\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing flexibility in different situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What makes the Auxbeam AC-1200 unique?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This switch panel features customizable \u003cstrong\u003eRGB backlighting\u003c\/strong\u003e, multiple control options (manual, app, and remote), and supports multiple switching modes. The \u003cstrong\u003eone-sided outlet design\u003c\/strong\u003e allows for an easy and clean installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the switch panel waterproof and durable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the Auxbeam AC-1200 is built with \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-quality materials and is IP-rated for water and dust resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensuring reliability in off-road and rugged environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I install the Auxbeam AC-1200 switch panel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The installation is straightforward with a \u003cstrong\u003eplug-and-play wiring system\u003c\/strong\u003e, detailed instructions, and mounting hardware included. It can be mounted in a vehicle dashboard, center console, or overhead panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the RGB lighting customizable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the \u003cstrong\u003eRGB backlighting is fully adjustable\u003c\/strong\u003e via the app, allowing you to change colors, brightness, and effects to match your vehicle’s aesthetic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I expand the number of controlled accessories?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the panel includes multiple circuits, allowing you to expand your accessory control within the rated power capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power rating does the Auxbeam AC-1200 support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This switch panel is designed for \u003cstrong\u003e12V\/24V systems\u003c\/strong\u003e and can handle multiple high-powered accessories within the rated amp limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the product come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, Auxbeam provides a \u003cstrong\u003emanufacturer warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensuring product reliability and customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeep It Clean\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wipe the panel and buttons with a dry or slightly damp cloth to prevent dust buildup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Wiring\u003c\/strong\u003e: Regularly check all connections for loose or exposed wires to avoid malfunctions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure the switch panel and control box are firmly installed to prevent vibration-related issues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpdate Firmware\u003c\/strong\u003e: If applicable, check for firmware updates via the Auxbeam app for optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvoid Overloading\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure connected accessories do not exceed the panel's rated power limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Auxbeam","offers":[{"title":"AC-1200 Switch Panel","offer_id":46382638301409,"sku":"QP010273","price":339.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"🔥Switch Panel+Remote Controller(Additional)","offer_id":46382638334177,"sku":"GP00010836","price":369.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"🔥Switch Panel+20FT Extension Cable+Universal Stickers","offer_id":46382638366945,"sku":"GP00010838","price":369.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"🔥Switch Panel+Universal Stickers+Remote Controller(Additional)","offer_id":46382638399713,"sku":"GP00010837","price":375.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"🔥Switch Panel+7FT Electric Wire","offer_id":46382638432481,"sku":"GP00010955","price":364.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/7c136163-c993-4f61-ba38-c945c6eec4ca.jpg?v=1746004730"},{"product_id":"aquanutech-traditional-c-spout-hot-cold-water-filtration-faucet-new","title":"AquaNuTech Traditional C-Spout Hot \u0026 Cold Water Filtration Faucet New - HC2200-CH","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAquaNuTech Traditional C-Spout Hot \u0026amp; Cold Water Filtration Faucet New - HC2200-CH\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaNuTech's Filtration Faucets feature unparalleled craftmanship and performance. Designed for use with AquaNuTech's filtration systems and Instant Hot Water Dispenser, this faucet is made with solid brass construction and 1\/4-turn ceramic disc cartridges. The fully insulated spout swivels 360-degrees and provides filtered water and hot water on demand. This faucet has a flow rate of 1.1 to 1.4 GPM and is compatible with Reverse Osmosis systems and other filtration systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pdp__features__left\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pdp__features__left__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Traditional C-Spout filtration faucet provides filtered water and\/or instant hot water on demand, and features a hot-handle spring-back safety feature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe filtration faucet is equipped with an insulated spout which is capable of 360-degree swivel and provides a flow rate of 1.1 to 1.4 gallons per minute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for use with AquaNuTech's Hot Water Dispenser or filtration system, this faucet is also compatible with other brands of filtration systems, 2-line hot tank systems, and Reverse Osmosis systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pdp__features__right\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pdp__features__right__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe decorative spout has a reach of 4\" and is equipped with ADA compliant lever handles. Available in Chrome, Brushed Nickel, or Polished Nickel finishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis faucet can be installed on countertops up to 2-inches thick. A decorative base plate is provided with rubber O-rings to level the faucet on uneven countertops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\n.tg  {border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:0;}\n.tg td{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg th{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  font-weight:normal;overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg .tg-aukg{background-color:#FFF;color:#121212;font-weight:bold;text-align:left;vertical-align:middle}\n.tg .tg-8t0v{background-color:#FFF;color:#121212;text-align:left;vertical-align:middle}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"tg\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003eSolid Brass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFlow Rate\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e1.1 - 1.4 GPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpout Swivel Capability\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eMax Counter Thickness\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eRecommended Installation Hole\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e1-3\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eItem Dimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e6-5\/8\" x 4\" x 9-11\/16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAquaNuTech Traditional C-Spout Hot\/Cold Water Filtration Faucet\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAquaNuTech Traditional C-Spout Hot \u0026amp; Cold Water Filtration Faucet\u003c\/strong\u003e (HC2200-CH) combines classic design with modern filtration technology for a reliable and stylish water solution. Here’s why it’s an excellent choice:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHot \u0026amp; Cold Water\u003c\/strong\u003e: Offers both hot and cold water dispensing, making it versatile for all your needs—from beverages to cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced Filtration\u003c\/strong\u003e: The built-in filtration system ensures that your water is clean and free from impurities, providing fresh, great-tasting water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraditional C-Spout Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a timeless, elegant C-spout design that fits seamlessly into any kitchen or bathroom, adding both style and functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made from high-quality materials, ensuring long-lasting performance and reliability for everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Simple to install, offering a convenient upgrade to your current faucet setup without hassle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEfficient Water Use\u003c\/strong\u003e: The filtration system provides purified water without wasting energy, ensuring both efficiency and eco-friendliness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eaucet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The AquaNuTech HC2200-CH is a traditional C-spout faucet designed for both hot and cold water filtration. It provides easy access to filtered, clean cold water and hot water for various household tasks, featuring a classic design that fits seamlessly into any kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does the filtration system work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The filtration system removes contaminants such as chlorine, heavy metals, and bacteria, ensuring clean, safe, and great-tasting water for drinking, cooking, and other uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the faucet provide both hot and cold water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, this faucet provides both hot and cold water, offering filtered cold water and heated water for instant use in the kitchen or other areas of the home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is installation easy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the AquaNuTech HC2200-CH faucet is designed for straightforward installation, with clear instructions and all necessary components included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and materials?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The faucet features a traditional C-spout design made from durable, high-quality materials for long-lasting performance. For exact dimensions, please refer to the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How often should the filter be replaced?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is recommended to replace the filter every 6-12 months depending on usage, to ensure the best water quality and filtration efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wipe down the faucet with a soft cloth and mild soap solution to remove mineral deposits, stains, and dirt. Avoid abrasive cleaners to prevent scratching or damaging the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplace the Filter\u003c\/strong\u003e: Change the water filter according to the manufacturer’s recommended schedule to ensure clean and fresh-tasting water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect for Leaks\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically check all faucet connections and hoses for signs of leaks or wear. Tighten any loose fittings and replace any damaged components immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDescale the Faucet\u003c\/strong\u003e: If you have hard water, clean the faucet’s spout regularly to prevent lime or calcium buildup. Use a descaling solution or vinegar to dissolve mineral deposits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTest Water Flow\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure that water is flowing smoothly from both the hot and cold sides. If there are any issues with water pressure or flow, check the filter or plumbing connections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"AquaNuTech","offers":[{"title":"Chrome","offer_id":46382638530785,"sku":"HC2200-CH","price":320.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brushed Nickel","offer_id":46382638563553,"sku":"HC2200-BN","price":355.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polished Nickel","offer_id":46382638596321,"sku":"HC2200-PN","price":355.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/TraditionalC-SpoutHot-Cold-BN-0_1800x1800-1723135674326._2.jpg?v=1746004742"},{"product_id":"aquanutech-traditional-hook-spout-hot-cold-water-filtration-faucet-new","title":"AquaNuTech Traditional Hook Spout Hot \u0026 Cold Water Filtration Faucet New - HC2100-CH","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAquaNuTech Traditional Hook Spout Hot \u0026amp; Cold Water Filtration Faucet New - HC2100-CH\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaNuTech's Filtration Faucets feature unparalleled craftmanship and performance. Designed for use with AquaNuTech's filtration systems and Instant Hot Water Dispenser, this faucet is made with solid brass construction and 1\/4-turn ceramic disc cartridges. The fully insulated spout swivels 360-degrees and provides filtered water and hot water on demand. This faucet has a flow rate of 1.1 to 1.4 GPM and is compatible with Reverse Osmosis systems and other filtration systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pdp__features__left\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pdp__features__left__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Traditional Hook Spout filtration faucet provides filtered water and\/or instant hot water on demand, and features a hot-handle spring-back safety feature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe filtration faucet is equipped with an insulated spout which is capable of 360-degree swivel and provides a flow rate of 1.1 to 1.4 gallons per minute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for use with AquaNuTech's Hot Water Dispenser or filtration system, this faucet is also compatible with other brands of filtration systems, 2-line hot tank systems, and Reverse Osmosis systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pdp__features__right\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pdp__features__right__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe decorative spout has a reach of 5-3\/8\" and is equipped with ADA compliant lever handles. Available in Chrome, Brushed Nickel, or Polished Nickel finishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis faucet can be installed on countertops up to 2-inches thick. A decorative base plate is provided with rubber O-rings to level the faucet on uneven countertops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\n.tg  {border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:0;}\n.tg td{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg th{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  font-weight:normal;overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg .tg-aukg{background-color:#FFF;color:#121212;font-weight:bold;text-align:left;vertical-align:middle}\n.tg .tg-8t0v{background-color:#FFF;color:#121212;text-align:left;vertical-align:middle}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"tg\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003eSolid Brass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFlow Rate\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e1.1 - 1.4 GPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpout Swivel Capability\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eMax Counter Thickness\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eRecommended Installation Hole\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e1-3\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eItem Dimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e6-1\/2\" x 5-3\/8\" x 9-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAquaNuTech Traditional Hook Spout Hot\/Cold Water Filtration Faucet\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHot \u0026amp; Cold Filtration\u003c\/strong\u003e – Delivers \u003cstrong\u003einstant access to purified hot and cold water\u003c\/strong\u003e for drinking and cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic Hook Spout Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – \u003cstrong\u003eTraditional yet elegant\u003c\/strong\u003e look blends seamlessly with various kitchen styles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Filtration Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e – Reduces contaminants for \u003cstrong\u003eclean, fresh-tasting water\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Built from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-quality materials\u003c\/strong\u003e for reliability and longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace-Saving Convenience\u003c\/strong\u003e – A \u003cstrong\u003ecompact, all-in-one\u003c\/strong\u003e solution for filtered water without extra clutter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e – Quick and straightforward setup for \u003cstrong\u003einstant water filtration benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the AquaNuTech HC2100-CH faucet offer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is a traditional hook spout faucet designed to dispense both hot and cold filtered water for clean and convenient use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it compatible with a filtration system?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it works with a compatible water filtration system to remove impurities and improve water quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is installation simple?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it includes clear instructions for easy and hassle-free installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the benefit of the hook spout design?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The traditional hook spout provides a classic look while ensuring smooth water flow and accessibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Where is this faucet best suited?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It’s perfect for kitchens, offices, or any space that requires filtered hot and cold water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoutine Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e – Wipe down with a soft cloth to prevent water spots and buildup. Avoid abrasive cleaners to protect the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilter Replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e – Replace the filtration system’s filters every 6-12 months for clean and efficient water flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlush the System\u003c\/strong\u003e – Run water through the faucet after filter replacements or extended non-use to remove trapped air and debris.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck for Leaks\u003c\/strong\u003e – Inspect connections and tighten if necessary to prevent drips and water waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDescale Periodically\u003c\/strong\u003e – If in a hard water area, descale regularly to prevent mineral deposits that can affect water flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse Gentle Cleaners\u003c\/strong\u003e – Stick to mild soap and water; avoid harsh chemicals that could damage components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMonitor Flow Rate\u003c\/strong\u003e – A drop in water pressure may signal a clogged filter or mineral buildup requiring maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"AquaNuTech","offers":[{"title":"Chrome","offer_id":46382638792929,"sku":"HC2100-CH","price":323.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brushed Nickel","offer_id":46382638825697,"sku":"HC2100-BN","price":355.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polished Nickel","offer_id":46382638858465,"sku":"HC2100-PN","price":355.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/TraditionalHookSpoutHot-Cold-BN-0_1800x1800-1723134186507._2.jpg?v=1746004763"},{"product_id":"aquanutech-contemporary-c-spout-hot-cold-water-filtration-faucet-new","title":"AquaNuTech Contemporary C-Spout Hot \u0026 Cold Water Filtration Faucet New - HC2400-CH","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAquaNuTech Contemporary C-Spout Hot \u0026amp; Cold Water Filtration Faucet New - HC2400-CH\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaNuTech's Filtration Faucets feature unparalleled craftmanship and performance. Designed for use with AquaNuTech's filtration systems and Instant Hot Water Dispenser, this faucet is made with solid brass construction and 1\/4-turn ceramic disc cartridges. The fully insulated spout swivels 360-degrees and provides filtered water and hot water on demand. This faucet has a flow rate of 1.1 to 1.4 GPM and is compatible with Reverse Osmosis systems and other filtration systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pdp__features__left\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pdp__features__left__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Contemporary C-Spout filtration faucet provides filtered water and\/or instant hot water on demand, and features a hot-handle spring-back safety feature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe filtration faucet is equipped with an insulated spout which is capable of 360-degree swivel and provides a flow rate of 1.1 to 1.4 gallons per minute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for use with AquaNuTech's Hot Water Dispenser or filtration system, this faucet is also compatible with other brands of filtration systems, 2-line hot tank systems, and Reverse Osmosis systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pdp__features__right\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pdp__features__right__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe decorative spout has a reach of 4\" and is equipped with ADA compliant lever handles. Available in Chrome, Brushed Nickel, or Polished Nickel finishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis faucet can be installed on countertops up to 2-inches thick. A decorative base plate is provided with rubber O-rings to level the faucet on uneven countertops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\n.tg  {border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:0;}\n.tg td{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg th{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  font-weight:normal;overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg .tg-aukg{background-color:#FFF;color:#121212;font-weight:bold;text-align:left;vertical-align:middle}\n.tg .tg-8t0v{background-color:#FFF;color:#121212;text-align:left;vertical-align:middle}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"tg\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003eSolid Brass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFlow Rate\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e1.1 - 1.4 GPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpout Swivel Capability\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eMax Counter Thickness\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eRecommended Installation Hole\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e1-3\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eItem Dimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e6-3\/4\" x 5-1\/2\" x 9-3\/4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAquaNuTech Contemporary C-Spout Hot\/Cold Water Filtration Faucet\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Temperature Functionality\u003c\/strong\u003e – Provides both \u003cstrong\u003ehot and cold filtered water\u003c\/strong\u003e for convenience and versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced Filtration Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ensures \u003cstrong\u003eclean, great-tasting water\u003c\/strong\u003e by reducing impurities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSleek \u0026amp; Modern Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – \u003cstrong\u003eContemporary C-spout\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003epolished chrome finish\u003c\/strong\u003e enhances any kitchen aesthetic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Reliable\u003c\/strong\u003e – Built with \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-quality materials\u003c\/strong\u003e for long-lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace-Saving \u0026amp; Efficient\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ideal for kitchens needing \u003cstrong\u003efiltered hot and cold water\u003c\/strong\u003e without extra clutter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e – Simple setup makes upgrading your water system \u003cstrong\u003equick and hassle-free\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the AquaNuTech HC2400-CH offer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is a contemporary C-spout faucet designed to dispense both hot and cold filtered water for clean and convenient use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it work with a filtration system?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it is designed to be used with a compatible water filtration system to remove impurities and enhance water quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the faucet easy to install?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it includes clear installation instructions for a simple and quick setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the benefit of the C-spout design?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The C-spout offers a sleek, modern look while providing easy access to hot and cold filtered water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Where is this faucet best used?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It’s ideal for kitchens, offices, or any space where filtered hot and cold water is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e – Wipe the faucet with a soft cloth to prevent water spots and mineral buildup. Avoid abrasive cleaners to maintain its finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilter Replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e – Change the filtration system’s filters every 6-12 months for optimal performance and water purity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlush the System\u003c\/strong\u003e – Run water through the faucet after filter changes or extended periods of inactivity to clear air pockets and debris.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect for Leaks\u003c\/strong\u003e – Check all connections periodically and tighten if necessary to prevent drips and water damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDescale if Needed\u003c\/strong\u003e – In areas with hard water, descale periodically to prevent mineral buildup that can affect water flow and heating efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse Compatible Cleaners\u003c\/strong\u003e – Stick to mild soap and water; avoid harsh chemicals that can damage internal components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMonitor Water Flow\u003c\/strong\u003e – A decrease in flow rate may indicate a clogged filter or mineral buildup, requiring maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"AquaNuTech","offers":[{"title":"Chrome","offer_id":46382639055073,"sku":"HC2400-CH","price":325.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brushed Nickel","offer_id":46382639087841,"sku":"HC2400-BN","price":355.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brushed Gold","offer_id":46382639120609,"sku":"HC2400-BG","price":385.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Champagne Bronze","offer_id":46382639153377,"sku":"HC2400-CB","price":385.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Matte Black","offer_id":46382639186145,"sku":"HC2400-MB","price":385.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polished Nickel","offer_id":46382639218913,"sku":"HC2400-PN","price":355.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/ContemporaryC-SpoutHot-Cold-CH-0_1800x1800-1723136614212.png?v=1746004775"},{"product_id":"aquanutech-filtration-package-with-filter-and-leak-detector-system-new","title":"AquaNuTech Filtration Package with Filter and Leak Detector System New - FLP3000","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAquaNuTech Filtration Package with Filter and Leak Detector System New - FLP3000\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy filtered water with peace of mind, knowing the leak detection system will alert you to any problems. Easy to install and use, the leak detector system automatically shuts off water in the occurrence of a leak, preventing disaster. The three-stage filter reduces asbestos, chlorine, lead, silt, sediment and odor, all in a space-saving design. Additionally, the filter cartridges are eco-friendly and last five times longer than most, and the 100% recyclable filter means nothing ends up in a landfill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pdp__features__left\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pdp__features__left__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Leak Detector System automatically shuts off water at the first sign of a leak and also emits an audible alarm, alerting you and preventing disasters before they occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe complete easy-install system includes a mounting bracket and mounting screws, Chloramine\/UV-resistant tubing, Teflon tape, and installation instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquaNuTech's three-stage filtration system has a 1500-gallon capacity and effectively reduces asbestos, chlorine, cyst, lead, odor, scale, silt, and sediment in the drinking water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pdp__features__right\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pdp__features__right__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe filtration system is equipped with a 0.5-micron carbon block filter and is NSF \u0026amp; ANSI 42, 53 Certified. It also features a sanitary quick change head and a built-in pressure regulator valve.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe filter cartridges are designed to be eco-friendly, lasting up to five longer than most other filters, and they are 100% recyclable meaning nothing ends up in a landfill. The cartridge only needs to be replaced once per year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\n.tg  {border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:0;}\n.tg td{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg th{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  font-weight:normal;overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg .tg-aukg{background-color:#FFF;color:#121212;font-weight:bold;text-align:left;vertical-align:middle}\n.tg .tg-8t0v{background-color:#FFF;color:#121212;text-align:left;vertical-align:middle}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"tg\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFilter Cartridge Capacity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e1500 Gal. (5,678 L)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eMinimum Flow Rate\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e0.55 Gal. (2.1 Liters)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eCertifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003eNSF \u0026amp; ANSI 42 \u0026amp; 53 Certified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFilter Dimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e3\" x 3\" x 11.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eBoxed Dimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e9\" x 9\" x 17\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eBoxed Weight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e3.6 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pdp__specs__row__right__package__text\"\u003eAquaNuTech Filtration Package\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pdp__specs__row__right__package__text\"\u003eFL1000 Filtration System\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pdp__specs__row__right__package__text\"\u003eLeak Detector System\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pdp__specs__row__right__package__text\"\u003eInstallation Manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAquaNuTech Filtration Package with Filter and Leak Detector System\u003c\/strong\u003e (FLP3000) is a top-notch solution for ensuring clean water and added peace of mind. Here’s why it’s a great choice:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced Filtration\u003c\/strong\u003e: Effectively removes contaminants, chlorine, and other impurities, ensuring you get clean, fresh-tasting water from every tap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak Detector System\u003c\/strong\u003e: The built-in leak detection feature alerts you to potential water leaks, preventing water damage and offering added protection for your plumbing system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Quality Filter\u003c\/strong\u003e: Equipped with a reliable filter that provides long-lasting performance, reducing the need for frequent replacements and offering consistent water quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Simple to install and maintain, this package ensures hassle-free operation with minimal upkeep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnergy Efficient\u003c\/strong\u003e: The filtration system operates without electricity, making it an eco-friendly solution for households or businesses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ideal for kitchens, bathrooms, or any space requiring clean, safe water, making it a flexible option for both residential and commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the key features of the AquaNuTech Filtration Package with Filter and Leak Detector System?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The AquaNuTech FLP3000 package includes an advanced filtration system that removes contaminants from your water, along with a built-in leak detector to alert you of any potential issues, ensuring safe, clean water and preventing water damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does the filtration system work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The AquaNuTech filtration system uses multi-stage technology to effectively remove chlorine, heavy metals, bacteria, and other impurities, ensuring your water is clean and safe to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the leak detector do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The integrated leak detector monitors the system for any signs of leaks, alerting you to potential issues and helping prevent water damage in your home or business.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the system easy to install?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the AquaNuTech filtration package is designed for easy installation, with clear instructions and all necessary components included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and materials?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The filtration package and leak detector are built with high-quality, durable materials to ensure long-lasting performance. For specific dimensions, please refer to the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How often should the filter be replaced?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: To maintain optimal filtration performance, it’s recommended to replace the filter every 6-12 months, depending on your water usage and quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplace the Filter Regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Change the filtration cartridge according to the manufacturer's recommended schedule to maintain optimal water quality and filtration performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTest the Leak Detector\u003c\/strong\u003e: Regularly test the leak detection system to ensure it is functioning properly. If the detector triggers an alert, inspect the system for leaks and address any issues promptly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Components\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wipe down the filtration system, including the filter housing and connections, with a soft cloth and mild soap to prevent buildup of dirt or debris.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect for Damage\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically check the filter, hoses, and system connections for signs of wear, cracks, or leaks. Replace any damaged components immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMonitor Water Flow\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure that water is flowing freely through the filtration system. If flow seems restricted, clean or replace the filter to maintain proper performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"AquaNuTech","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382639644897,"sku":"FLP3000","price":345.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/BTI-FLP3000-1723059405805_7.png?v=1746004796"},{"product_id":"aquanutech-filtration-system-combo-with-traditional-c-spout-cold-water-faucet-new","title":"AquaNuTech Filtration System Combo with Traditional C-Spout Cold Water Faucet New - FL-C2200-CH","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAquaNuTech Filtration System Combo with Traditional C-Spout Cold Water Faucet New - FL-C2200-CH\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExperience water at it's finest with this 1500-gallon capacity filtration system paired with a traditional C-spout faucet. Featuring solid brass construction with 1\/4-turn ceramic disc cartridges, the insulated spout swivels 360-degrees and provides filtered water on demand. The three-stage filter reduces asbestos, chlorine, lead, silt, sediment and odor, all in a space-saving design. The filter cartridges are eco-friendly and last five times longer than most, and the 100% recyclable filter means nothing ends up in a landfill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pdp__features__left\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pdp__features__left__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Traditional C-Spout faucet provides filtered water on demand. It features solid brass construction with 1\/4-turn ceramic disc cartridges, and the lever handles are ADA compliant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe insulated spout is capable of 360-degree swivel and provides a flow rate of 1.1 to 1.4 gallons per minute. This faucet is also compatible with Reverse Osmosis filtration systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquaNuTech's three-stage filtration system has a 1500-gallon capacity and effectively reduces asbestos, chlorine, cyst, lead, odor, scale, silt, and sediment in the drinking water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pdp__features__right\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pdp__features__right__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe filtration system is equipped with a 0.5-micron carbon block filter and is NSF \u0026amp; ANSI 42, 53 Certified. It also features a sanitary quick change head and a built-in pressure regulator valve.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe filter cartridges are designed to be eco-friendly, lasting up to five longer than most other filters, and they are 100% recyclable meaning nothing ends up in a landfill. The cartridge will need to be replaced once per year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\n.tg  {border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:0;}\n.tg td{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg th{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  font-weight:normal;overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg .tg-aukg{background-color:#FFF;color:#121212;font-weight:bold;text-align:left;vertical-align:middle}\n.tg .tg-8t0v{background-color:#FFF;color:#121212;text-align:left;vertical-align:middle}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"tg\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFilter Cartridge Capacity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e1500 Gal. (5,678 L)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eMinimum Flow Rate\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e0.55 Gal. (2.1 Liters)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eMax Counter Thickness\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eRecommended Installation Hole\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e3\/4\" to 1\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpout Reach\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eCertifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003eNSF \u0026amp; ANSI 42 \u0026amp; 53 Certified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFaucet Dimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e2-1\/8\" x 4\" x 9-11\/16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFilter Dimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e3\" x 11.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eBoxed Dimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e12\" x 12\" x 18\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eBoxed Weight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e6.6 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pdp__specs__row__right__package__text\"\u003eAquaNuTech Filtration System Combo\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pdp__specs__row__right__package__text\"\u003eFL1000 Filtration System\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pdp__specs__row__right__package__text\"\u003eTraditional C-Spout Cold Water Faucet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAquaNuTech Filtration System Combo with Traditional C-Spout Cold Water Faucet\u003c\/strong\u003e (FL-C2200-CH) offers a convenient, high-quality solution for clean, cold water in your home or office. Here’s why it’s a great choice:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced Filtration System\u003c\/strong\u003e: Effectively removes impurities and contaminants from your water, ensuring clean, fresh-tasting cold water every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraditional C-Spout Faucet\u003c\/strong\u003e: The classic C-spout faucet design combines timeless style with functionality, making it easy to fill glasses, bottles, and pitchers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for quick and straightforward installation, this combo system can be set up in no time, offering instant access to filtered cold water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with high-quality materials for long-lasting performance, the faucet and filtration system are made to withstand everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSleek \u0026amp; Stylish\u003c\/strong\u003e: The polished chrome finish of the faucet adds a modern touch to any kitchen or office space, complementing a wide range of decors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnergy Efficient\u003c\/strong\u003e: The filtration system requires no power, making it an eco-friendly solution for those looking to enjoy clean water without using energy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the key features of the AquaNuTech Filtration System Combo with Traditional C-Spout Cold Water Faucet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The AquaNuTech FL-C2200-CH combo includes a high-performance filtration system and a traditional C-spout cold water faucet, providing clean, filtered cold water for everyday use. The system efficiently removes contaminants for better taste and water quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does the filtration system work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The AquaNuTech filtration system uses advanced multi-stage technology to remove impurities such as chlorine, heavy metals, and bacteria, ensuring fresh and safe cold water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What faucet style is included in this combo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This combo package features a traditional C-spout cold water faucet, offering both functionality and a classic design for your kitchen or bathroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is installation easy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the AquaNuTech filtration system combo is designed for straightforward installation with clear instructions and all necessary components included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and materials?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The system and faucet are made from durable, high-quality materials for long-lasting performance. For specific dimensions, please refer to the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How often should the filters be replaced?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: To maintain optimal water quality, it’s recommended to replace the filters every 6-12 months, depending on water usage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Filter Replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e: Change the filtration cartridge as recommended by the manufacturer to ensure clean water and optimal filtration performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Faucet\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wipe the faucet regularly with a soft cloth and mild soap to remove mineral buildup and keep it free from dirt and stains. Avoid harsh cleaners to protect the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck for Leaks\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically inspect the faucet and connections for any signs of leaks or wear. Tighten connections or replace damaged parts as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlush the System\u003c\/strong\u003e: After replacing the filter, run water through the system for a few minutes to flush out any debris and ensure proper flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintain Water Pressure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Monitor the water pressure to ensure it stays within the recommended range for optimal filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"AquaNuTech","offers":[{"title":"Chrome","offer_id":46382640005345,"sku":"FL-C2200-CH","price":374.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brushed Nickel","offer_id":46382640038113,"sku":"FL-C2200-BN","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/FaucetpackagesColdTCC-BN_F-0_1800x1800-1723056176618._9.jpg?v=1746004817"},{"product_id":"aquanutech-filtration-system-combo-with-contemporary-c-spout-cold-water-faucet-new","title":"AquaNuTech Filtration System Combo with Contemporary C-Spout Cold Water Faucet New - FL-C2400-CH","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAquaNuTech Filtration System Combo with Contemporary C-Spout Cold Water Faucet New - FL-C2400-CH\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExperience water at it's finest with this 1500-gallon capacity filtration system paired with a contemporary c-spout faucet. Featuring solid brass construction with 1\/4-turn ceramic disc cartridges, the insulated spout swivels 360-degrees and provides filtered water on demand. The three-stage filter reduces asbestos, chlorine, lead, silt, sediment and odor, all in a space-saving design. The filter cartridges are eco-friendly and last five times longer than most, and the 100% recyclable filter means nothing ends up in a landfill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pdp__features__left\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pdp__features__left__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Contemporary C-Spout faucet provides filtered water on demand and features solid brass construction with 1\/4-turn ceramic disc cartridges, and the lever handles are ADA compliant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe insulated spout is capable of 360-degree swivel and provides a flow rate of 1.1 to 1.4 gallons per minute. This faucet is also compatible with Reverse Osmosis filtration systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquaNuTech's three-stage filtration system has a 1500-gallon capacity and effectively reduces asbestos, chlorine, cyst, lead, odor, scale, silt, and sediment in the drinking water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pdp__features__right\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pdp__features__right__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe filtration system is equipped with a 0.5-micron carbon block filter and is NSF \u0026amp; ANSI 42, 53 Certified. It also features a sanitary quick change head and a built-in pressure regulator valve.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe filter cartridges are designed to be eco-friendly, lasting up to five longer than most other filters, and they are 100% recyclable meaning nothing ends up in a landfill. The cartridge will need to be replaced once per year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\n.tg  {border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:0;}\n.tg td{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg th{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  font-weight:normal;overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg .tg-aukg{background-color:#FFF;color:#121212;font-weight:bold;text-align:left;vertical-align:middle}\n.tg .tg-8t0v{background-color:#FFF;color:#121212;text-align:left;vertical-align:middle}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"tg\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFilter Cartridge Capacity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e1500 Gal. (5,678 L)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eMinimum Flow Rate\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e0.55 Gal. (2.1 Liters)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eMax Counter Thickness\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eRecommended Installation Hole\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e3\/4\" to 1\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpout Reach\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eCertifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003eNSF \u0026amp; ANSI 42 \u0026amp; 53 Certified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFaucet Dimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e2-1\/8\" x 4\" x 9-3\/4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFilter Dimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e3\" x 11.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eBoxed Dimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e12\" x 12\" x 18\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pdp__specs__row__right__package__text\"\u003eAquaNuTech Filtration System Combo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pdp__specs__row__right__package__text\"\u003eFL1000 Filtration System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pdp__specs__row__right__package__text\"\u003eContemporary C-Spout Cold Water Faucet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Filtration System\u003c\/strong\u003e – Delivers \u003cstrong\u003eclean, fresh-tasting water\u003c\/strong\u003e by reducing contaminants and impurities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCold Water Convenience\u003c\/strong\u003e – \u003cstrong\u003eC-spout faucet\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a dedicated cold water source for drinking and cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern Aesthetic\u003c\/strong\u003e – \u003cstrong\u003eContemporary design\u003c\/strong\u003e with a polished chrome finish complements modern kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e – \u003cstrong\u003eQuick filter replacements\u003c\/strong\u003e ensure long-lasting performance with minimal effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace-Saving Solution\u003c\/strong\u003e – Compact design integrates seamlessly into any kitchen setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e – User-friendly setup makes it easy to enjoy \u003cstrong\u003epure, filtered water\u003c\/strong\u003e right away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the AquaNuTech FL-C2400-CH include?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It features a high-quality filtration system paired with a contemporary C-spout cold water faucet for clean, fresh drinking water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this faucet for cold water only?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the C-spout faucet is designed specifically for dispensing filtered cold water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What type of filtration does it offer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The system effectively removes impurities, improving water taste and quality for safe drinking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is installation simple?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it comes with clear instructions for an easy and hassle-free installation process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this suitable for kitchens and offices?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely! It’s perfect for kitchens, offices, or anywhere clean, filtered water is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e – Wipe the faucet and filtration system with a soft cloth to remove dirt and water spots. Avoid abrasive cleaners to maintain the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilter Replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e – Change the filters every 6-12 months or as recommended to ensure optimal water quality and system performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlush the System\u003c\/strong\u003e – Run water through the system after replacing filters or after long periods of non-use to remove air pockets and impurities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck for Leaks\u003c\/strong\u003e – Inspect fittings and connections for leaks, tightening any loose parts to prevent water damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDescale if Necessary\u003c\/strong\u003e – In hard water areas, descale periodically to prevent mineral buildup that can reduce water flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse Gentle Cleaners\u003c\/strong\u003e – Avoid harsh chemicals that may damage the faucet's coating or internal components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMonitor Water Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e – If you notice changes in taste, smell, or flow rate, inspect the filter or system for maintenance needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"AquaNuTech","offers":[{"title":"Chrome","offer_id":46382640234721,"sku":"FL-C2400-CH","price":374.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brushed Nickel","offer_id":46382640267489,"sku":"FL-C2400-BN","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brushed Gold","offer_id":46382640300257,"sku":"FL-C2400-BG","price":409.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Champagne Bronze","offer_id":46382640333025,"sku":"FL-C2400-CB","price":409.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Matte Black","offer_id":46382640365793,"sku":"FL-C2400-MB","price":409.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polished Nickel","offer_id":46382640398561,"sku":"FL-C2400-PN","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/FL-C2400-MB_1800x1800-1723049174407._12.jpg?v=1746004829"},{"product_id":"aquanutech-filtration-system-combo-with-traditional-hook-spout-cold-water-faucet-new","title":"AquaNuTech Filtration System Combo with Traditional Hook Spout Cold Water Faucet New - FL-C2100-CH","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAquaNuTech Filtration System Combo with Traditional Hook Spout Cold Water Faucet New - FL-C2100-CH\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExperience water at it's finest with this 1500-gallon capacity filtration system paired with a traditional hook spout faucet. Featuring solid brass construction with 1\/4-turn ceramic disc cartridges, the insulated spout swivels 360-degrees and provides filtered water on demand. The three-stage filter reduces asbestos, chlorine, lead, silt, sediment and odor, all in a space-saving design. The filter cartridges are eco-friendly and last five times longer than most, and the 100% recyclable filter means nothing ends up in a landfill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pdp__features__left\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pdp__features__left__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Traditional Hook Spout faucet provides filtered water on demand. It features solid brass construction with 1\/4-turn ceramic disc cartridges, and the lever handles are ADA compliant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe insulated spout is capable of 360-degree swivel and provides a flow rate of 1.1 to 1.4 gallons per minute. This faucet is also compatible with Reverse Osmosis filtration systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquaNuTech's three-stage filtration system has a 1500-gallon capacity and effectively reduces asbestos, chlorine, cyst, lead, odor, scale, silt, and sediment in the drinking water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pdp__features__right\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pdp__features__right__list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe filtration system is equipped with a 0.5-micron carbon block filter and is NSF \u0026amp; ANSI 42, 53 Certified. It also features a sanitary quick change head and a built-in pressure regulator valve.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe filter cartridges are designed to be eco-friendly, lasting up to five longer than most other filters, and they are 100% recyclable meaning nothing ends up in a landfill. The cartridge will need to be replaced once per year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\n.tg  {border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:0;}\n.tg td{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg th{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  font-weight:normal;overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg .tg-aukg{background-color:#FFF;color:#121212;font-weight:bold;text-align:left;vertical-align:middle}\n.tg .tg-8t0v{background-color:#FFF;color:#121212;text-align:left;vertical-align:middle}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"tg\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFilter Cartridge Capacity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e1500 Gal. (5,678 L)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eMinimum Flow Rate\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e0.55 Gal. (2.1 Liters)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eMax Counter Thickness\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eRecommended Installation Hole\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e3\/4\" to 1\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpout Reach\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e5-3\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eCertifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003eNSF \u0026amp; ANSI 42 \u0026amp; 53 Certified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFaucet Dimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e2-1\/8\" x 5-3\/8\" x 9-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFilter Dimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e3\" x 11.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-aukg\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eBoxed Dimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-8t0v\"\u003e12\" x 12\" x 18\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pdp__specs__row__right__package__text\"\u003eAquaNuTech Filtration System Combo\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pdp__specs__row__right__package__text\"\u003eFL1000 Filtration System\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pdp__specs__row__right__package__text\"\u003eTraditional Hook Spout Cold Water Faucet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective Filtration System\u003c\/strong\u003e – \u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced filtration\u003c\/strong\u003e removes contaminants, providing clean, safe drinking water for everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCold Water Only\u003c\/strong\u003e – \u003cstrong\u003eTraditional hook spout faucet\u003c\/strong\u003e delivers cold water exclusively, ensuring a focused, practical solution for hydration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e – \u003cstrong\u003eSimple filter replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e process to ensure continuous clean water without hassle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSleek Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – \u003cstrong\u003ePolished chrome finish\u003c\/strong\u003e adds a modern, stylish touch while blending seamlessly with any kitchen décor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact \u0026amp; Space-Saving\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ideal for \u003cstrong\u003esmaller spaces\u003c\/strong\u003e, offering high performance without taking up valuable counter room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUser-Friendly\u003c\/strong\u003e – \u003cstrong\u003eQuick and easy installation\u003c\/strong\u003e makes it an efficient upgrade to any kitchen, ensuring safe, filtered water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the AquaNuTech FL-C2100-CH include?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It includes a filtration system combo paired with a traditional hook spout cold water faucet for clean, cold water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the faucet designed for cold water only?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the faucet is specifically designed for cold water, providing refreshing, filtered water at your convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What type of filtration system is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The system provides advanced filtration to remove impurities from your tap water, ensuring clean and fresh cold water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is installation easy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, installation is straightforward with clear instructions, making it easy to set up in your kitchen or office.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this system be used for drinking water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it filters water to provide safe and clean drinking water, perfect for everyday hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e – Clean the faucet and filtration system regularly with a soft, damp cloth to prevent build-up of minerals, dust, or debris. Avoid using abrasive materials to protect the surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplace Filters on Time\u003c\/strong\u003e – Change the filters as recommended by the manufacturer, typically every 6-12 months, to ensure clean, fresh water and to maintain the system’s performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlush the System\u003c\/strong\u003e – After filter changes or if the system hasn’t been used for an extended period, flush the filtration system with water to remove any air or impurities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck for Leaks\u003c\/strong\u003e – Regularly inspect all connections for leaks. Tighten any loose fittings around the faucet and filtration system to ensure proper function and prevent water waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDescale as Needed\u003c\/strong\u003e – In areas with hard water, descale the faucet and filtration components periodically to prevent mineral build-up that can affect water flow and filtration quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvoid Harsh Cleaners\u003c\/strong\u003e – Use gentle, non-abrasive cleaners only. Avoid harsh chemicals that can damage the faucet or filtration system’s materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTest Water Flow\u003c\/strong\u003e – Periodically test the water flow and filtration effectiveness. If the flow is reduced or the water quality deteriorates, check the filter or system for maintenance needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMonitor Filtration Performance\u003c\/strong\u003e – Keep track of any noticeable changes in water taste or odor, which may signal the need for a filter replacement or system check-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"AquaNuTech","offers":[{"title":"Chrome","offer_id":46382640660705,"sku":"FL-C2100-CH","price":374.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brushed Nickel","offer_id":46382640693473,"sku":"FL-C2100-BN","price":395.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polished Nickel","offer_id":46382640726241,"sku":"FL-C2100-PN","price":395.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/FaucetpackagesColdTHC-CH_F-0_1800x1800-1723057433142_10.png?v=1746004845"},{"product_id":"field-armor-standard-box-panel","title":"Field Armor Standard Box Panel","description":"\u003ch2 data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eField Armor Standard Box Panel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSave labor and keep a consistent playing surface. Field Armor panels will reduce the amount of time it takes to repair your batter’s box or pitching areas for those long weekend tournaments and make sure your field maintenance labor is reduced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHigh-Tech all the way through\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eBest turf on the planet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAdvanced synthetic core\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCut your maintenance costs and have a consistent playing surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eEasy, 1-person installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLightweight – less than 50 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDramatically decreases repetitive field maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eEliminates standing water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLong lasting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eBaseball or softball\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIncreases player safety\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"woocommerce-product-attributes shop_attributes\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"woocommerce-product-attributes-item woocommerce-product-attributes-item--weight\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"woocommerce-product-attributes-item__label\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"woocommerce-product-attributes-item__value\"\u003e94 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"woocommerce-product-attributes-item woocommerce-product-attributes-item--dimensions\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"woocommerce-product-attributes-item__label\"\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"woocommerce-product-attributes-item__value\"\u003e96 × 48 × 6 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"su-button-center\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/pages\/shipping-policy\" title=\"Shipping Policy\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbutton id=\"paste-helper-id\" style=\"width: 0px; height: 0px; padding: 0px; margin: 0px; border: 0px; display: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/button\u003e","brand":"Aeroform Athletics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382661861601,"sku":"101430","price":458.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/Field-Armor-4-x-8-Standard-Box-Panel-1.jpg?v=1746005406"},{"product_id":"field-armor-catcher-s-box-panel","title":"Field Armor Catcher’s Box Panel","description":"\u003ch2 data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eField Armor Catcher’s Box Panel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSave labor and keep a consistent playing surface. Field Armor panels will reduce the amount of time it takes to repair your batter’s box or pitching areas for those long weekend tournaments and make sure your field maintenance labor is reduced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHigh-Tech all the way through\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eBest turf on the planet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAdvanced synthetic core\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCut your maintenance costs and have a consistent playing surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eEasy, 1-person installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLightweight – less than 50 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDramatically decreases repetitive field maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eEliminates standing water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLong lasting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eBaseball or softball\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIncreases player safety\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca title=\"Shipping Policy\" href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbutton style=\"width: 0px; height: 0px; padding: 0px; margin: 0px; border: 0px; display: none;\" id=\"paste-helper-id\"\u003e\u003c\/button\u003e","brand":"Aeroform Athletics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382662090977,"sku":"101921","price":458.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/Field-Armor-4-x-8-Catchers-Box-Panel-1.jpg?v=1746005414"},{"product_id":"montessori-house-bed-with-rails","title":"2MamaBees Montessori House Bed with Rails","description":"\u003cp\u003e2MamaBees Montessori House Bed with Rails is the perfect piece for your little one. Whether you are trying to make a safe transition from crib to toddler bed or you are looking to keep bedtime fun, this House Bed frame is the perfect option.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFits standard size US mattress.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from furniture grade cedar wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for domestic use indoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAge recommendation: 2+ years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplies completely with all CPSC requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePassed all F963 toy testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow VOC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePVC Free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLead Safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo PFAS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5-year manufacturer’s warranty against failure due to rot and decay of wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease Note: Not recommended for children under 24 months – small parts and fall hazard. Adult supervision is recommended at all times\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eCrib:\u003c\/span\u003e 52in (L) x 28in (W) x 43.5in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eTwin:\u003c\/span\u003e 75.5in (L) x 38in (W) x 67in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFull:\u003c\/span\u003e 75.5in (L) x 54in (W) x 67in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRails:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 13.5' inches (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoor Opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e 17.5' inches (W) x 47' inches (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0591\/0747\/5629\/files\/2MamaBees_Montesorri_House_Bed_with_Rails_Instructions.pdf\" title=\"Montesorri House Bed with Rails Instructions | 2MamaBees\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClick here to download\/view the Assembly Guide \u0026amp; Warranty Info\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eVideo\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline; text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ot9Y6_wt26k\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMontessori-Inspired Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Crafted to promote independence and creativity, the house-shaped bed encourages children to transition easily to a \"big kid\" bed while supporting self-reliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe and Sturdy Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built from durable, eco-friendly solid wood with smooth, non-toxic finishes, ensuring a safe sleeping and play environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunctional Rails for Safety\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features low-profile rails to prevent accidental falls while maintaining an open design for easy access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCharming Aesthetic\u003c\/strong\u003e: The playful house-frame design adds a whimsical touch to any bedroom, doubling as a cozy bed and imaginative play area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-to-Ground Structure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ideal for toddlers, the low height ensures safe climbing in and out, fostering confidence and independence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustomizable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Provides a blank canvas for parents and kids to decorate with lights, fabric, or other accessories, making it uniquely their own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes clear instructions and all necessary tools for quick and hassle-free setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupports Development\u003c\/strong\u003e: Encourages children to develop organizational skills by taking ownership of their sleep and play space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the 2MamaBees Montessori House Bed with Rails?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It’s a low-profile, house-shaped bed frame designed to encourage independence and safety for toddlers and young children, inspired by Montessori principles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What age group is this bed suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The bed is perfect for toddlers transitioning from a crib to their first bed and is suitable for children up to 7 years old, depending on size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials are used to make the bed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The bed is crafted from high-quality, durable wood with a smooth, child-safe finish, ensuring safety and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What safety features does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The low-to-the-ground design minimizes the risk of falls, and the built-in side rails provide additional security while allowing easy access for the child.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the bed require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required, but the package includes detailed instructions and all necessary hardware for easy setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What mattress size is compatible with this bed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The bed is designed to fit standard crib or twin-size mattresses, depending on the selected model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does this bed support Montessori principles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Its floor-level design promotes independence, allowing children to climb in and out of bed on their own, fostering self-reliance and confidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this bed customizable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Many parents personalize the house-shaped frame with lights, fabric, or decorations to match their child’s room theme or preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the 2MamaBees Montessori House Bed with Rails?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It combines safety, functionality, and aesthetic appeal, making it a practical and stylish choice for transitioning toddlers to a more independent sleeping environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wipe down the frame with a damp cloth to remove dust and dirt. Avoid harsh chemicals to protect the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Connections\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check bolts, screws, and joints monthly to ensure the frame remains sturdy. Tighten if necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRail Safety\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect rails for any cracks, splinters, or looseness. Sand rough spots and repair as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMattress Care\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rotate and clean the mattress regularly for even wear and hygiene. Use a fitted mattress protector to safeguard against spills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Limits\u003c\/strong\u003e: Adhere to the recommended weight capacity to prevent structural damage. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"2MamaBees","offers":[{"title":"Crib US","offer_id":46382667759841,"sku":"montessori-house-bed-with-rails_crib","price":455.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Twin US","offer_id":46382667792609,"sku":"montessori-house-bed-with-rails_twin","price":480.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Full US","offer_id":46382667825377,"sku":"montessori-house-bed-with-rails_full","price":422.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/montessori-house-bed-with-rails_6_9d3230e6-06c9-470f-9292-e2576dcde581.jpg?v=1746005650"},{"product_id":"autopilot-co2-generator-8-burner-ng","title":"Autopilot CO2 Generator, 8 Burner","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAutopilot CO2 generators\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eElevated atmospheric CO2 levels show remarkable increases in plant growth productivity, and creating these elevated levels in your grow room is simply the easiest way to accelerate plant growth. Autopilot CO2 generators provide and maintain the carbon dioxide levels needed to meet maximum growing potential, and operate for only pennies a day.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThese highly reliable CO2 generators feature powder-coated steel enclosures that resist moisture, rust and discoloration, providing years of trouble-free operation. They are very safe and easy to operate. The built-in solid-state electronic ignition module creates a spark to light the burners. The units are also equipped with a safety tip over feature that shuts off the gas source if the unit is tipped or falls over. Autopilot generators are available in both propane and natural gas models, along with high-altitude versions in all sizes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll models are equipped with:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrecision manufactured brass burners\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolid-state electronic ignition module—no pilot light necessary\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTIP OVER switch shuts off gas source if the unit falls or tips over\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSHUT DOWN warning with LED error indicator lights\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tip shutoff switch engages at an angle of 30° +\/-5°.  Disengages, allowing, the unit to turn back on when the unit is returned to ≤ 10° angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes available—4-burner, 8-burner, and 10-burner (adjustable: 2-, 5-, 7-, or 10-burner option)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4-Burner: Spaces 14' x 14' and smaller\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8-Burner: Spaces 28' x 28' and smaller\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10-Burner: Spaces 35' x 35' and smaller\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Autopilot CO2 Generator, 8 Burner, is a powerful and efficient solution designed for larger greenhouses and indoor grow spaces. Here's why it’s an excellent choice:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh CO2 Output:\u003c\/strong\u003e Features 8 burners for optimal CO2 production, promoting vigorous plant growth and increased yields.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Burners:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows fine-tuning of CO2 levels to match the size and requirements of your growing environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe and Reliable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equipped with a tip-over safety shutoff and electronic ignition for secure operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made from high-quality, corrosion-resistant materials for long-term reliability in demanding conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual Fuel Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Operates with propane or natural gas for flexibility and cost-effectiveness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes hanging hardware and clear instructions for easy setup in larger grow rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for easy cleaning and minimal upkeep to ensure consistent performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the Autopilot CO2 Generator, 8 Burner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Autopilot CO2 Generator, 8 Burner, is a high-capacity CO2 generator designed to enhance plant growth in large indoor grow spaces by efficiently increasing carbon dioxide levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does it work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It uses natural gas or propane to produce CO2, with eight burners providing consistent and high-output carbon dioxide enrichment for optimal plant photosynthesis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include eight precision burners, adjustable CO2 output, built-in safety features (like tip-over protection and overheating shutoff), and compatibility with climate controllers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Who is it best suited for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Perfect for commercial growers, greenhouses, and large-scale indoor gardens requiring significant CO2 supplementation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the Autopilot CO2 Generator, 8 Burner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It delivers efficient, high-volume CO2 enrichment with robust safety features, making it an excellent choice for boosting plant growth in large growing environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Burners Weekly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect and clean all eight burners with a soft brush to prevent soot buildup and ensure efficient combustion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck Gas Connections\u003c\/strong\u003e: Regularly inspect gas hoses and fittings for leaks or wear. Use soapy water to detect leaks and replace damaged components immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTest Ignition\u003c\/strong\u003e: Confirm proper ignition of all burners before each use to ensure consistent CO2 output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalibrate CO2 Levels\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically adjust output to meet your grow room's specific requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust and Debris Removal\u003c\/strong\u003e: Keep the exterior and air intake vents clear of dust for optimal airflow and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Safety Features\u003c\/strong\u003e: Test the tip-over switch, flame sensors, and overheat protection monthly to ensure proper function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVentilation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Maintain adequate ventilation in the grow room to prevent CO2 over-accumulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnnual Professional Service\u003c\/strong\u003e: Have a certified technician perform a comprehensive inspection and servicing annually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Autopilot","offers":[{"title":"8 Burner ,NG","offer_id":46382672511201,"sku":"APGN0800","price":419.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 Burner, NG, High Altitude","offer_id":46382672543969,"sku":"APGN0800H","price":419.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 Burner, LP","offer_id":46382672576737,"sku":"APGP0800","price":419.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 Burner, LP, High Altitude","offer_id":46382672609505,"sku":"APGP0800H","price":419.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/APGN0800_1_e9cb78f3-630a-4dc4-a150-1a4b349a5482.jpg?v=1746005847"},{"product_id":"autopilot-cumulus-s50-digital-co2-controller","title":"Autopilot CUMULUS S50 Digital CO2 Controller APE3100","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eS50 Digital CO\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e Controller measures and controls grow room carbon dioxide levels\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Autopilot Cumulus S50 Digital CO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Controller measures and controls grow room carbon dioxide levels with great precision. It can operate in Fuzzy Logic mode, ppm Up or ppm Down mode. The S50 digital display shows exact ppm readings down to 1 ppm resolution. It boasts a fully customizable CO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e set point and deadband, min\/max recall, LED mode and error indicators, optional calibration and a remote 15' low drift CO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e sensor with photocell. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe ppm Up mode is designed for use with CO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e generator systems (LP or NG).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccurate dual-beam CO\u003cspan\u003e\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e sensor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjustable CO\u003cspan\u003e\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e headband\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e15' remote combination probe (CO\u003cspan\u003e\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u0026amp; light)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstantaneous readings down to 1 ppm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecords high and low CO\u003cspan\u003e\u003csub\u003e2 \u003c\/sub\u003e\u003c\/span\u003elevels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFuzzy Logic mode adjustable (on\/off)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLED mode and error indicators\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eETL-listed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e14.5 max operating amperage, 120V\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFuzzy Logic is designed specifically for controlling standard compressed CO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e tank \u0026amp; regulator systems to improve efficiency and minimise CO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e waste. When in Fuzzy Logic mode, the built-in microprocessor continuously applies calculations to the injection schedule, improving CO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e injection rates over time. This highly efficient method of injection helps maintain more consistent CO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e levels while saving money year round on expensive CO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e tanks.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eControlling CO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e has never been easier or more affordable. Autopilot's CUMULUS S50 eliminates guesswork while maintaining grow room carbon dioxide levels with great accuracy and efficiency. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMounts to both walls and grow tents. Two mounting kits are included with each controller.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecise CO2 Management\u003c\/strong\u003e: Maintains optimal CO2 levels for plant growth with advanced digital monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Accuracy\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a remote sensor with built-in photocell for precise readings and adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustomizable Settings\u003c\/strong\u003e: Programmable parameters allow fine-tuning to suit specific grow environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUser-Friendly Interface\u003c\/strong\u003e: Digital display with intuitive controls ensures ease of use and quick adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnergy Efficient\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed to maximize CO2 efficiency while minimizing energy consumption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Build\u003c\/strong\u003e: Constructed with robust materials to withstand humid and demanding grow room conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Features\u003c\/strong\u003e: Equipped with alarms and safety cutoffs to prevent over-enrichment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Application\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ideal for small to medium-sized grow operations, ensuring consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the Autopilot CUMULUS S50 Digital CO2 Controller?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It’s a digital CO2 controller designed to monitor and regulate CO2 levels in indoor growing environments, ensuring optimal conditions for plant growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The controller features a precision CO2 sensor, adjustable setpoints, programmable deadbands, and a clear digital display for easy monitoring and control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does it improve plant growth?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: By maintaining precise CO2 levels, it enhances photosynthesis, leading to healthier plants and improved yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it suitable for different grow spaces?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the S50 is ideal for grow tents, greenhouses, and other controlled growing environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the coverage capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It effectively manages CO2 levels in spaces up to 50 cubic feet, making it ideal for small to medium grow areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is it controlled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It offers customizable CO2 setpoints and operates with a simple plug-and-play system for ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it include safety features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it is equipped with overuse protection and alarms for high or low CO2 levels, ensuring safe operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it energy efficient?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the unit is designed for efficient CO2 management, minimizing waste while optimizing plant growth conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the Autopilot CUMULUS S50?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Its precision, reliability, and user-friendly operation make it an excellent choice for growers seeking to maximize plant health and yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSensor Calibration\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically calibrate the CO2 sensor as per the manufacturer’s instructions to maintain accurate readings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust Prevention\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clean the unit’s vents and sensor openings regularly using a soft, dry cloth or compressed air to prevent dust buildup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck Connections\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect all cables and power connections to ensure they are secure and free of damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect CO2 Tank and Tubing\u003c\/strong\u003e: Regularly check CO2 tanks, regulators, and tubing for leaks or wear. Replace components as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature and Humidity Monitoring\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure the controller is operating in the recommended environmental range for accurate functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvoid Water Exposure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Keep the controller dry and away from moisture or condensation to prevent damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirmware Updates\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check for and install any available firmware updates to ensure optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFollow Manufacturer Guidelines\u003c\/strong\u003e: Refer to the user manual for detailed maintenance recommendations and troubleshooting tips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Autopilot","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382672806113,"sku":"APE3100","price":412.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/APE3100_1_fa21e635-3586-410e-a700-f3f27d2e6d75.jpg?v=1746005857"},{"product_id":"photobio-t-330w-100-277v-s4-10-208-240v-cord","title":"Autopilot PHOTOBIO T 330W","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLED top light is designed for greenhouse and indoor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePHOTO-BIO•T high efficiency LED top light is designed for greenhouse and indoor applications. The slim design minimises sun interference while providing greater access to the plant canopy. The ultra-effective commercial design utilizes a closed loop heat pipe cooling system to rapidly wick heat from diodes, providing superior heat dissipation and longevity. The high efficiency S4 spectrum provides ideal conditions for both human and plant health to deliver better working conditions and consistent crop quality. This fixture allows horticulture professionals increased performance and yields while maximising ROI.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e858 umol\/s Photon Flux @ 277V\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2.6 µmol\/J Efficacy @ 277V\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for sole source indoor and supplemental greenhouse applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThin linear top light design minimises sun interference in greenhouses while providing better canopy access when applied indoors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHighly effective heat pipe cooling system provides superior heat dissipation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrecisely control photon output when paired with Autopilot PX series controller (PX2 and above)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDriver can be mounted remote\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIP65 wet location rated protection against water and dust\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100-277V Driver range\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDLC listed (H-3WMUH6G) and qualifies for utility rebates, which play a significant role in optimising the cost effectiveness of a lighting project\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Efficiency LED Lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e: Provides full-spectrum light optimized for all stages of plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: 330W output in a sleek, low-profile build, ideal for tight grow spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced Light Distribution\u003c\/strong\u003e: Uniform PAR (Photosynthetically Active Radiation) ensures even light coverage and minimal hotspots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnergy Efficient\u003c\/strong\u003e: Delivers powerful light output while consuming less energy compared to traditional lighting systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCool Operation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Produces minimal heat, reducing the need for additional cooling equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimmable Control\u003c\/strong\u003e: Adjustable output lets growers fine-tune light intensity for specific plant needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Build\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for longevity with robust materials and protective coatings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Application\u003c\/strong\u003e: Suitable for commercial and personal grows, from seedlings to flowering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the Autopilot PHOTOBIO T 330W?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PHOTOBIO T 330W is an advanced horticultural LED grow light designed to provide optimized lighting for indoor plants, enhancing growth and yield.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What makes it unique?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It features a high-efficiency, full-spectrum light output tailored for all stages of plant growth, while maintaining low energy consumption and heat output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the light coverage area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 330W model is ideal for small to medium grow areas, providing uniform light distribution for consistent plant development.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it suitable for all growth stages?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, its full-spectrum design supports seedling, vegetative, and flowering stages, making it versatile for various crops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How efficient is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PHOTOBIO T 330W boasts high energy efficiency, delivering more light (PPFD) per watt while reducing operating costs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it have thermal management?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it includes advanced passive cooling technology, ensuring minimal heat output and extended product lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it easy to install?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. The light is lightweight, compact, and comes with mounting hardware for easy setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is its lifespan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Designed with high-quality components, the PHOTOBIO T 330W offers a long operational lifespan, ensuring reliable performance over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wipe the light fixture and housing with a soft, damp cloth to remove dust and debris. Avoid using harsh chemicals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck Heat Sinks\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect and clean heat sinks regularly to ensure proper heat dissipation and optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Wiring\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check power cords and connections for signs of wear or damage. Replace any frayed or faulty components immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Proper Ventilation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Keep the unit in a well-ventilated space to prevent overheating and maintain efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMonitor Light Output\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically check the light intensity to ensure consistent output. Replace components if output decreases noticeably.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvoid Water Exposure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Protect the fixture from moisture to prevent electrical damage or short circuits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e: Regularly inspect the mounting hardware and brackets to ensure the fixture is securely installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFollow User Manual\u003c\/strong\u003e: Refer to the manufacturer’s guidelines for specific maintenance instructions and best practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Autopilot","offers":[{"title":"330W 100-277V S4, (10' 208-240V Cord)","offer_id":46382674084065,"sku":"PTB3330LS42","price":439.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"330W 100-277V S4, (10' Leads Cord)","offer_id":46382674116833,"sku":"PTB3330LS47","price":439.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"330W 100-277V S4, (10' 120V Cord)","offer_id":46382674149601,"sku":"PTB3330LS41","price":439.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"330W 100-277V S4, (10' 277V L7-15P Cord)","offer_id":46382674182369,"sku":"PTB3330LS43","price":439.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/PTB3330LS42_1_579c481e-245c-4721-b48e-06bccbf6d685.jpg?v=1746005916"},{"product_id":"anker-531-200w-solar-panel-new","title":"Anker 531 (200W) Solar Panel New","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAnker 531 (200W) Solar Panel New\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarness the power of the sun with the 200W solar panel and charge your essential appliances, such as a mini fridge or lamp, when you're off the grid.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"pdp__features__heading pdp__accordion--open\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3-Mode Angle Adjustments: Seamlessly adjust 531 Solar Panel to 40°, 50°, or 60° via the adjustable kickstand for optimal solar power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIP67 Waterproof: The solar panel's IP67 waterproof protection allows it to withstand even the harshest weather and your adventurous lifestyle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.5X Higher Energy Conversion Efficiency: Monocrystalline solar cells and a powerful sunlight-trapping surface provide a conversion efficiency rate up to 23%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuperior Portability: Designed to be brought on adventures, the foldable solar panel is compact, so you can have continuous power to charge your devices quickly on the go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"pdp__specs__heading pdp__accordion--open\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\n.tg  {border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:0;}\n.tg td{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg th{border-color:black;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;font-family:Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;\n  font-weight:normal;overflow:hidden;padding:10px 5px;word-break:normal;}\n.tg .tg-im53{background-color:#f9f9f9;border-color:#000000;color:#000000;font-weight:bold;text-align:left;vertical-align:top}\n.tg .tg-oxei{background-color:#f9f9f9;border-color:#000000;color:#000000;text-align:left;vertical-align:top}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"tg\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-im53\"\u003eRated Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"tg-oxei\"\u003e200W\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-im53\"\u003eOpen Circuit Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-oxei\"\u003e57.6V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-im53\"\u003eOperating Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-oxei\"\u003e48V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-im53\"\u003eOperating Current\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-oxei\"\u003e4.17A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-im53\"\u003eDimension (Folded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-oxei\"\u003e22.44 × 23.70 × 2.36 in \/ 570 × 602 × 60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-im53\"\u003eDimension (Unfolded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-oxei\"\u003e23.70 × 83.85 × 0.78 in \/ 602 × 2130 × 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-im53\"\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"tg-oxei\"\u003e20.34 lb \/ 9.23 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"pdp__specs__row__right__package__heading\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnker 531 Solar Panel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolar Charging Cable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Efficiency:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 200W solar panel provides impressive power output, converting sunlight into energy efficiently for off-grid power solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight and foldable, making it easy to transport and perfect for outdoor activities like camping, hiking, or RVing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Build:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to withstand the elements, featuring water-resistant and rugged construction for long-term use in all weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can charge a variety of devices, including power stations, laptops, phones, and more, offering versatile off-grid power options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSustainable Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e Harnesses renewable energy, reducing reliance on traditional power sources and promoting eco-friendly living.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpert Recommendation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for adventurers and eco-conscious individuals looking for reliable, portable solar power in a compact and durable package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the Anker 531 (200W) Solar Panel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Anker 531 is a portable, high-efficiency 200W solar panel designed to charge devices, batteries, and power stations using solar energy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How efficient is the Anker 531 solar panel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It uses advanced solar technology for fast and efficient energy conversion, ensuring optimal performance even in low-light conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it charge power stations?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the 200W panel is compatible with various portable power stations, allowing you to charge them for outdoor or emergency use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it durable and weather-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the Anker 531 is built with weather-resistant materials, making it suitable for outdoor use in various environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it easy to transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the Anker 531 is lightweight and foldable, making it easy to carry and store, perfect for camping, hiking, or off-grid power needs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the surface of the solar panel with a soft, damp cloth to remove dust, dirt, or debris that may block sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect for Damage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regularly check for any cracks, chips, or other damage to the panel or cables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvoid Harsh Chemicals:\u003c\/strong\u003e Do not use abrasive materials or harsh chemicals when cleaning to avoid damaging the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e When not in use, store the panel in a dry, cool place away from direct sunlight to prevent unnecessary wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Proper Alignment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Position the panel to receive maximum sunlight exposure and check periodically to ensure it's properly angled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeep Connections Secure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the panel’s connectors and cables for any signs of wear or loose connections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect from Extreme Conditions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Avoid exposing the panel to extreme weather conditions, such as heavy rain or snow, unless it's specifically rated for such use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Anker","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382688043233,"sku":"A24321A1","price":439.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/19-1679518802931_1.png?v=1746006243"},{"product_id":"outsunny-patio-gazebo-10-x-10-outdoor-soft-top-canopy-84c-164bk","title":"Outsunny Patio Gazebo 10' x 10' Outdoor Soft Top Canopy - 84C-164BK","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWe’re Always On The Lookout For Cool New Products At The Very Best Prices To Help Make Life Better.  You’ll Always Find Exactly What You’re Looking For At A Price That Won’t Break Your Budget.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-right-item-title\"\u003eIntroduce the glamour and comfort of an authentic resort experience in your everyday life with the 10x10 gazebos for patios from Outsunny. This sturdy outdoor canopy gazebo elevates your backyard, patio area, or other outdoor space and adds an element of comfort and elegance. The sturdy metal frame is built to provide stability for long-lasting use. The cabana also includes mesh curtains to reduce wind and sun exposure. The screened gazebo is perfect for family gatherings, barbecues, and more.\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eView the Outsunny Patio Gazebo 10' x 10' Outdoor Soft Top Canopy - 84C-164BK features below:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpacious design offers ample room for a party without feeling crowded\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully enclosed zipped sling mesh netting and side curtains keep the elements away and add more privacy\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncludes eight ground stakes for anchoring\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for garden, backyard, patio, and other outdoor spaces\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolyester fabric \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-10-gazebo-with-netting-steel-fabric-outdoor-patio-pavilion-canopy-tent-84c-133cg\"\u003etop canopy\u003c\/a\u003e with PA coating for UV protection\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater drainage hole at each corner to prevent water accumulation\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor: Black Column, Dark Grey Polyester, Black Mesh\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: Metal, Polyester, Nylon Netting\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Size: 9.7' L x 9.7' W\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEave Height: 6.3'\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTop Height: 8.5'\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistance Between Columns: 8.1'\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eItem Label: 84C-164BK\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-10-outdoor-patio-gazebo-canopy-with-double-tier-roof-84c-192\"\u003ex Gazebo\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8 x Ground Stakes\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x Manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLARGE \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-12-outdoor-gazebo-patio-gazebo-canopy-84c-210bg-1\"\u003ePATIO CANOPY:\u003c\/a\u003e This gazebo 10x10 features a steeple roof design and creates the ideal space for outdoor use on decks and patios and in parks and backyards.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSTURDY \u0026amp; STABLE: This \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-10-outdoor-patio-gazebo-canopy-84c-148\"\u003eoutdoor gazebo canopy\u003c\/a\u003e features powder-coated metal columns for long-lasting use, and eight ground stakes are included for added stability.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePRACTICAL CANOPY TOP: This deck \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-10-steel-outdoor-weather-resistant-garden-gazebo-84c-028\"\u003egazebo has a durable polyester fabric roof\u003c\/a\u003e with a PA coating, giving it water and UV fighting property and providing a full range of protection from light rain to sunny days. The built-in grommets throughout the fabric help ensure proper water drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePROTECTED SIDEWALLS: The fully enclosed zippered sling mesh netting with doubled curtains protects you from annoying elements and the sun while adding more privacy. This \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-12-outdoor-gazebo-patio-gazebo-canopy-84c-210gy\"\u003epatio gazebo\u003c\/a\u003e also has a double-track system that allows you to slide each layer with ease.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBACKYARD GAZEBO DIMENSIONS: Overall Size: 9.7'L x 9.7'W, Eave Height: 6.3', Top Height: 8.5'. Distance between columns: 8.1'. Assembly required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eProduct Warranty\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0654\/8203\/1361\/files\/INbec049_GL_84C-164.pdf?v=1668479462\" title=\"Product Manual Aosom 84C-164BK\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✓ Gazebo Product Manual 84C-164BK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious Coverage\u003c\/strong\u003e: This 10' x 10' soft top canopy provides ample shade for outdoor events, barbecues, or relaxation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with a sturdy steel frame, ensuring stability and longevity against the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft Top Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The fabric canopy offers UV protection, keeping you cool and comfortable under the sun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e: Simple assembly process with included instructions, making it perfect for quick setup and take-down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ideal for patios, gardens, and outdoor gatherings, providing shade and protection in various settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the key features of the Outsunny Patio Gazebo 10' x 10' Outdoor Soft Top Canopy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This gazebo features a soft top canopy, a sturdy steel frame, and provides ample shade, making it ideal for outdoor gatherings. It’s designed to protect against the sun while offering a stylish addition to any patio or garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the material of the canopy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The canopy is made from high-quality, weather-resistant fabric that provides UV protection, ensuring durability and shade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the gazebo easy to assemble?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the gazebo is designed for easy assembly with clear instructions and all necessary hardware included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the gazebo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The gazebo measures 10' x 10', offering a spacious area for outdoor events and relaxation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this gazebo provide UV protection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the canopy fabric offers UV protection to keep you cool and shielded from the sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the frame durable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the frame is made from a robust steel structure that is both sturdy and rust-resistant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the gazebo portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: While it can be relocated, the gazebo is best suited for semi-permanent installation in your garden, patio, or backyard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What outdoor spaces is this gazebo suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This gazebo is perfect for patios, gardens, decks, or backyards, providing shade and shelter for outdoor activities and relaxation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clean the fabric canopy with mild soap and water. Use a soft cloth or sponge, then rinse and let dry to avoid mildew buildup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect for Damage\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the frame and fabric for any signs of wear or damage, such as tears or rust. Repair promptly to maintain structural integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTighten Hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically check and tighten all bolts and screws to ensure the gazebo remains secure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove the canopy during heavy rain, snow, or high winds to prevent damage. Store it indoors or cover it when not in use for long periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect Against Sun Fading\u003c\/strong\u003e: Consider using a UV fabric protector to preserve the canopy's color and fabric strength.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Aosom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382701805793,"sku":"84C-164BK","price":344.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/zNU98a17f2768e892_1.jpg?v=1746007025"},{"product_id":"outsunny-13-x-10-outdoor-patio-gazebo-canopy-with-pa-coated-polyester-roof-84c-188v01gy","title":"Outsunny 13' x 10' Outdoor Patio Gazebo Canopy with PA Coated Polyester Roof - 84C-188V01GY","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWe’re Always On The Lookout For Cool New Products At The Very Best Prices To Help Make Life Better.  You’ll Always Find Exactly What You’re Looking For At A Price That Won’t Break Your Budget.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-right-item-title\"\u003eThis outdoor patio gazebo is your best choice to relax and enjoy parties. The practical polyester canopy, curtains, mesh netting sidewalls, and steady frame create a comfortable and private space inside of the pergola. The outdoor canopy's large size provides plenty of shelter for yourself and several other people. Furthermore, you can easily \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/flowerhouse-butterfly-garden-set-fhbfset3-b\"\u003eset up this cabana in the garden\u003c\/a\u003e to have a nice gathering with friends or family. Let this practical patio gazebo improve your happiness and quality of life outdoors.\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eView the Outsunny 13' x 10' Outdoor Patio Gazebo Canopy with PA Coated Polyester Roof - 84C-188V01GY features below:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical gazebo with tall and spacious design\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel and aluminum frame for a stable structure\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA polyester canopy to protect from sunlight\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMesh netting sidewalls for effective protection and good ventilation\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSide curtains create a privacy space\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEquipped with reinforcement accessories for extra stability\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for parties and outdoor activities\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor: Grey\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: Aluminum, Steel, Polyester\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimension: 13' L x 9.7' W x 8.9' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEave Height: 6.7'\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistance Between Columns: 11.6' L x 8.3' W\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurtain Size: 9.8' W x 6.5' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSidewall Size: 9.8'W x 6.5'H\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePRACTICAL ROOF: The canopy of this patio gazebo is made from polyester with a PA coating, which can provide UV protection. The slope roof design can prevent water accumulation.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSTABLE STANDING: This \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/newage-products-outdoor-kitchen-aluminum-3-piece-cabinet-set-65286\"\u003eoutdoor canopy's frame is made with steel and aluminum\u003c\/a\u003e for reliability, while the triangular structures on the frame create extra stability. Furthermore, ground stakes are pounded into the feet, providing even more reinforcement.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePRACTICAL CURTAINS \u0026amp; NETTING SIDEWALLS: With 4 removable zippered mesh netting sidewalls, this pergola provides effective protection and ensures good ventilation outdoors. The polyester curtains can also give you a private space to enjoy your leisure time\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWIDE USAGE: This cabana provides ample space for you to enjoy your leisure time with your family or friends. Ideal for backyard, lawn, poolside, and more outdoor occasions\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOUTDOOR PATIO GAZEBO CANOPY DIMENSION: Overall Dimension: 13'L x 9.7'W x 8.9'H, Eave Height: 6.7'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eProduct Warranty\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0654\/8203\/1361\/files\/INbae009_GL_84C-188_84C-188V01.pdf?v=1668481799\" title=\"Product Manual Aosom 84C-188_84C-188V01\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✓ Gazebo Product Manual 84C-188V01GY\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmple Coverage\u003c\/strong\u003e: The 13' x 10' size provides generous space, ideal for outdoor dining, lounging, or gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Constructed with a sturdy steel frame for reliable support and stability in various weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant Roof\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PA-coated polyester roof offers excellent protection from UV rays, rain, and wind, ensuring year-round use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStylish Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The sleek and modern look enhances the aesthetic of any outdoor space, from patios to gardens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Easy to maintain with minimal upkeep, providing a hassle-free outdoor shelter solution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the Outsunny 13' x 10' Outdoor Patio Gazebo Canopy with PA Coated Polyester Roof - 84C-188V01GY?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Outsunny 13' x 10' Outdoor Patio Gazebo is a spacious outdoor shelter featuring a PA-coated polyester roof that provides UV protection and water resistance, perfect for patios, gardens, or outdoor events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials are used in this gazebo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This gazebo features a durable steel frame for stability and a PA-coated polyester roof that offers UV protection and water resistance, ensuring reliable shelter in various weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of this gazebo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The gazebo measures 13 feet in length and 10 feet in width, offering ample space for outdoor seating, dining, or gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this gazebo weather-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the PA-coated polyester roof is UV-resistant and water-resistant, while the steel frame is rust-resistant, providing durability against the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the gazebo require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required. The gazebo comes with all necessary parts and clear instructions to help with setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this gazebo be used year-round?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the sturdy materials make this gazebo suitable for use throughout the year, offering reliable shelter from sun, rain, and light wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I maintain this gazebo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: To maintain the gazebo, clean the polyester roof with mild soap and water, and regularly check the steel frame for any signs of wear or rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Who is this gazebo ideal for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This gazebo is ideal for homeowners looking for a versatile, spacious, and stylish outdoor shelter for hosting events, relaxing, or enjoying the outdoors with friends and family\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips \u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clean the polyester canopy with a mild soap and water solution. Use a soft cloth or sponge to gently scrub away dirt and stains. Avoid harsh chemicals to preserve the fabric's integrity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInspect for Damage\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically check the canopy for signs of wear, tears, or fading. If any damage is found, repair it immediately to prevent further deterioration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Before Storing\u003c\/strong\u003e: Always ensure the canopy is completely dry before folding or storing to prevent mold and mildew growth. Store the canopy in a dry, cool place when not in use, especially during winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear Debris\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove leaves, twigs, and other debris from the canopy regularly to avoid accumulation, which can stress the fabric and frame. Use a leaf blower or soft broom to clean the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTighten Fasteners\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check all screws, bolts, and other fasteners regularly, tightening them to maintain the gazebo’s stability and structural integrity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtect Against Weather\u003c\/strong\u003e: In extreme weather conditions like heavy rain, strong winds, or snow, remove the canopy or cover the gazebo to prevent damage. Ensure that water doesn't pool on the roof.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e: While the PA coating provides some UV protection, consider using a UV fabric protector to enhance the canopy's lifespan and prevent sun damage over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Aosom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382701936865,"sku":"84C-188V01GY","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/gRh98a1831ff8a799.jpg?v=1746007045"},{"product_id":"outsunny-13-x-11-patio-gazebo-canopy-garden-tent-sun-shade-84c-331bg","title":"Outsunny 13' x 11' Patio Gazebo Canopy Garden Tent Sun Shade - 84C-331BG","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWe’re Always On The Lookout For Cool New Products At The Very Best Prices To Help Make Life Better.  You’ll Always Find Exactly What You’re Looking For At A Price That Won’t Break Your Budget.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-right-item-title\"\u003eThis 13' x 11' spacious gazebo tent with sidewalls from Outsunny is a great way to upgrade your outdoor space with elegance. You can entertain your friends and family members to hold the party or just relax and enjoy the conversation in the patio cover for shade and rain. The outdoor canopy features a solid steel frame with a polyester canopy and 2 layer sidewalls for strength and full shade. You deserve some comfort in the sun shade: create your own personal oasis with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-10-outdoor-patio-gazebo-canopy-with-double-tier-roof-84c-192\"\u003egarden gazebo\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eView the Outsunny 13' x 11' Patio Gazebo Canopy Garden Tent Sun Shade - 84C-331BG features below:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTall and large design, houses all of your party comfortably\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe construction features a steel frame that ensures strength and durability\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-13-metal-frame-outdoor-patio-gazebo-84c-144\"\u003eDouble tiered canopy\u003c\/a\u003e of the garden pavilion for proper airflow inside\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures eight drainage holes to prevent water accumulation\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurtains create privacy when wanted, attached with hook and loop straps\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEquipped with 16 ground nails for extra stability\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColour: Beige\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: Steel, Polyester\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimension: 13.1'L x 11'W x 9.4'H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEaves Height: 5.8'\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColumn Spacing: 11.1'L x 9.2'W\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eItem Label: 84C-331BG\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNOTE: Not recommended for use in extreme weather conditions such as storms or\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eheavy winds\/rain\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-10-outdoor-patio-gazebo-canopy-84c-148\"\u003ex gazebo\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e16 x ground nails\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDOUBLE-TIER ROOF: Two-tiered roof with mesh netting allows proper airflow inside to keep you cool. The top \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-10-steel-outdoor-weather-resistant-garden-gazebo-84c-028\"\u003ecanopy is made from polyester\u003c\/a\u003e with PA coating to provide sun shade. 8 built-in holes allow water to drain easily\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSTURDY CONSTRUCTION: The construction features a steel frame that ensures strength and durability. In addition, 16 ground nails and 4 guy ropes are included to offer added stability\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCURTAINS AND NETTING: Removable netting to provide excellent ventilation, with four curtains creating privacy when wanted for a more intimate party experience. Curtains and netting can be tied to sides\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWIDE USAGE: This \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-10-steel-outdoor-patio-gazebo-canopy-84c-028bn\"\u003esteel frame canopy\u003c\/a\u003e tent is roomy enough for you and other guests to gather inside without feeling overcrowded. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/outsunny-10-x-12-outdoor-gazebo-patio-gazebo-canopy-84c-210bg\"\u003egazebo for patio\u003c\/a\u003e is suitable for backyard, patio, lawn, poolside, and more\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGARDEN TENT DETAILS: Overall Dimension: 13.1'L x 11'W x 9.4'H, Eaves Height: 5.8'. Assembly required. NOTE: Not recommended for use in extreme weather conditions such as storms or heavy winds\/rain\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eProduct Warranty\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0654\/8203\/1361\/files\/INbab003_GL_84C-331.pdf?v=1668482428\" title=\"Product Manual Aosom GL_84C-331\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✓ Gazebo Product Manual 84C-331BG\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious \u0026amp; Versatile\u003c\/strong\u003e: The 13' x 11' size provides generous coverage, making it perfect for outdoor dining, gatherings, or relaxing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with a sturdy steel frame that ensures stability and long-lasting performance, even in challenging weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUV \u0026amp; Weather Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e: The canopy offers excellent UV protection, keeping you cool and shielded from the sun while providing shelter from rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for quick assembly, this gazebo is a hassle-free addition to your patio, garden, or backyard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: The materials are easy to clean and maintain, offering a low-maintenance outdoor solution that lasts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the Outsunny 13' x 11' Patio Gazebo Canopy Garden Tent Sun Shade - 84C-331BG?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Outsunny 13' x 11' Patio Gazebo Canopy Garden Tent Sun Shade is an outdoor canopy designed to provide shade and protection from the sun, making it ideal for patios, gardens, and outdoor gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials are used in this gazebo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The gazebo features a sturdy steel frame for stability, and a durable polyester canopy that is UV-resistant, providing effective sun protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of this gazebo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The gazebo measures 13 feet in length and 11 feet in width, offering a spacious area for outdoor activities and gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this gazebo weather-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the polyester canopy is UV-resistant and designed to offer shade from the sun, while the steel frame is rust-resistant for durability against the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the gazebo require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required. The gazebo comes with all necessary parts and clear instructions for easy setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this gazebo be used year-round?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The gazebo is primarily designed for warm weather use and provides shade during the spring and summer months. It is not recommended for use in heavy snow or extreme weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I maintain this gazebo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: To maintain the gazebo, clean the canopy with mild soap and water, and regularly check the frame for signs of wear or rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Who is this gazebo ideal for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This gazebo is ideal for homeowners who want a stylish and functional outdoor shade solution for hosting parties, relaxing, or dining outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clean the canopy with a mild soap and water solution. Use a soft cloth or sponge to gently remove dirt and stains. Avoid harsh chemicals that could damage the fabric or the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInspect for Wear\u003c\/strong\u003e: Routinely check for any tears, fraying, or fading in the fabric. Repair small holes immediately to prevent them from growing larger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProper Drying\u003c\/strong\u003e: Always allow the canopy to dry completely before folding or storing it. This helps prevent mold, mildew, and odor buildup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear Debris\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove leaves, branches, and other debris from the roof regularly. Accumulated debris can cause damage and put unnecessary strain on the fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTighten Connections\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check all fasteners, bolts, and frame connections periodically. Tighten them to keep the structure stable and secure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e: In the case of strong winds, heavy rain, or snow, it's best to remove or protect the canopy to avoid any weather-related damage. Consider storing the canopy during extreme weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e: Although the fabric provides some UV resistance, additional treatments like UV-protective sprays can enhance the material’s lifespan and help maintain its color\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Aosom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382702231777,"sku":"84C-331BG","price":344.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/pf198a181238ee09f.jpg?v=1746007058"},{"product_id":"outsunny-11-5-x-11-5-x-8-outdoor-patio-gazebo-pergola-84c-243","title":"Outsunny 11.5' x 11.5' x 8' Outdoor Patio Gazebo Pergola - 84C-243","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWe’re Always On The Lookout For Cool New Products At The Very Best Prices To Help Make Life Better.  You’ll Always Find Exactly What You’re Looking For At A Price That Won’t Break Your Budget.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-right-item-title\"\u003eAdd some style and flair to your backyard by bringing home this unique and practical patio gazebo by Outsunny! Our outdoor canopy's large size and footprint offer plenty of room to comfortably set up a full dining table or seating underneath, giving you great flexibility, style, and function. The steady steel frame ensures firm support, while the pergola's adjustable canopy allows you to open and close it to let sunlight in as needed. Make sure and check out this unique \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/cedarshed-cabana-backyard-shed\"\u003ebackyard cabana\u003c\/a\u003e and make your life much more comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eView the Outsunny 11.5' x 11.5' x 8' Outdoor Patio Gazebo Pergola - 84C-243 features below:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUV resistant \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-10-steel-outdoor-patio-gazebo-canopy-with-removable-mesh-curtains-84c-028gy\"\u003epolyester canopy roof\u003c\/a\u003e blocks most harmful rays\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSturdy steel frame for great stability\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasy sliding canopy allows you to find the perfect amount of sun or shade\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlotted design can fix the canopy in position\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for the porch, patio, backyard, or any outdoor spaces\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly required with all necessary hardware included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor: Beige, Black\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: Steel, Polyester\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimension: 11.3' L x 11.3' W x 8.2' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColumn Spacing: 9.8'\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel Feet Size: 5\" L x 5\" W\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eItem Label: 84C-243\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-10-retractable-pergola-canopy-patio-gazebo-84c-287\"\u003ex pergola\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8 x ground stakes\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePREMIUM MATERIALS: The frame of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-10-outdoor-patio-gazebo-canopy-84c-148\"\u003epatio gazebo is made from solid steel\u003c\/a\u003e for stability, while the canopy with PU coating is UV resistant to protect you from direct sunlight and silly sunburns.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRETRACTABLE CANOPY: The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/outsunny-10-x-12-outdoor-gazebo-patio-gazebo-canopy-84c-210bg\"\u003eoutdoor canopy\u003c\/a\u003e is divided into two pieces, which can be moved up and down separately or connected to move together. The slotted design slides the roof quickly, which means you can fully customize the shade level throughout the day.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eINCREASE STABILITY: The triangular sections on the roof of the pergola are built for added stability. The four individual feet of the frame have openable covers for you to nail down with ground stakes, reinforcing the cabana directly into the ground.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMULTI-USE: Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-13-metal-frame-outdoor-patio-gazebo-84c-144\"\u003epatio gazebo features a unique appearance with an old-school cornice edge on the roof\u003c\/a\u003e. This functional \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/outsunny-outdoor-12-x-10-pergola-gazebo-100-wood-pergola-suitable-for-patio-deck-garden-gazebo-perfect-for-bbqs-parties-picnics-black\"\u003epergola gazebo can be used in residential spaces and fits any outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e décor.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-12-outdoor-gazebo-with-mesh-netting-sidewalls-84c-150\"\u003eOUTDOOR PATIO CANOPY GAZEBO\u003c\/a\u003e DIMENSION: Overall Dimension: 11.3' L x 11.3' W x 8.2' H. Assembly Required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern Pergola Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Sleek and stylish, this 11.5' x 11.5' x 8' gazebo adds a contemporary touch to any patio or garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Crafted with a durable steel frame for excellent stability and long-term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant Canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a retractable polyester canopy for adjustable shade and protection from the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ideal for creating a comfortable outdoor space for relaxation, dining, or entertaining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Easy-to-clean materials and straightforward assembly make it a practical addition to your outdoor area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the Outsunny 11.5' x 11.5' x 8' Outdoor Patio Gazebo Pergola - 84C-243?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Outsunny 11.5' x 11.5' x 8' Patio Gazebo Pergola is a modern outdoor structure designed to provide shade and style to your patio, garden, or backyard. It features an adjustable canopy for sun protection and a durable frame for long-lasting use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials are used in this pergola?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The pergola is constructed with a powder-coated aluminum frame for durability and a weather-resistant polyester canopy that offers UV protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of this pergola?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The pergola measures 11.5' x 11.5' x 8', providing ample shaded space for outdoor seating, dining, or relaxation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can the canopy be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the pergola features a retractable canopy that can be adjusted to provide customized shade or let in sunlight as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this pergola suitable for all weather conditions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: While the frame is weather-resistant, it is recommended to retract the canopy during heavy rain or strong winds to prevent damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the pergola require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required. The pergola comes with clear instructions and all necessary hardware for easy setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I maintain this pergola?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Clean the canopy with mild soap and water, and periodically inspect the frame for signs of wear or damage. Store the canopy in a dry place when not in use for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Who is this pergola ideal for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This pergola is ideal for homeowners looking to enhance their outdoor space with a stylish and functional structure that offers flexible shade and a modern design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoutine Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Gently clean the pergola frame with mild soap and water using a soft cloth or sponge to remove dirt and debris. Avoid using abrasive cleaners that may damage the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect for Damage\u003c\/strong\u003e: Regularly check the frame for signs of wear, rust, or structural damage. Address rust with a rust remover and apply a protective coating to affected areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTighten Hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically check and tighten all bolts, screws, and fasteners to maintain the pergola's stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect the Canopy (if applicable)\u003c\/strong\u003e: If the pergola includes a fabric canopy, clean it with a mild detergent and water, and allow it to dry completely before reattaching. Store the canopy indoors during harsh weather or off-season periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeatherproofing\u003c\/strong\u003e: Apply a weather-resistant sealant to the metal frame annually to protect against rain, UV rays, and humidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear Debris\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove leaves, twigs, or other debris from the roof or canopy to prevent damage and ensure proper drainage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare for Extreme Weather\u003c\/strong\u003e: Disassemble or secure the pergola during storms, heavy winds, or snow to prevent potential damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--\n@media screen and (max-width: 767px) {.tg {width: auto !important;}.tg col {width: auto !important;}.tg-wrap {overflow-x: auto;-webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;}}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"Aosom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382710718689,"sku":"84C-243","price":368.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/dUled217e727e884e.jpg?v=1746007272"},{"product_id":"outsunny-9-x-6-5-x-6-5-outdoor-backyard-garden-tool-shed-845-031yg","title":"Outsunny 9' x 6.5' x 6.5' Outdoor Backyard Garden Tool Shed - 845-031YG","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWe’re Always On The Lookout For Cool New Products At The Very Best Prices To Help Make Life Better.  You’ll Always Find Exactly What You’re Looking For At A Price That Won’t Break Your Budget.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-right-item-title\"\u003eEasily add storage space and value to your property with a storage house from Outsunny. The steel outdoor shed has distinct advantages over traditional wooden models that make it a much more attractive choice for purchase. A tool shed is more durable and offers better protection from hazards such as a fire. If you've been looking for a way to add much-needed \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/collections\/large-storage-sheds\"\u003estorage space to your property, this outside storage shed\u003c\/a\u003e can be your perfect choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eView the  Outsunny 9' x 6.5' x 6.5' Outdoor Backyard Garden Tool Shed - 845-031YG features below:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpacious storage area for garden tools, lawn care equipment, or pool supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from galvanized steel and durable polypropylene (PP) construction\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSloped roof prevents water build up\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDouble sliding doors for easy entrance and access\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour vents for lighting and airflow\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor: Green\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterials: Color Steel, PP\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimensions: 9.1' L x 6.4' W x 6.3' H\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInside Dimensions: 8.8' L x 5.9' W x 6.3' H\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWall Height: 5.1'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoor Dimensions: 3.1' L x 5' H\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVent Dimensions: 8.5\" L x 3.75\"W\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnow Capacity: 4 lb. \/ ft²\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eItem Label: 845-031YG\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-11-x-9-metal-garden-shed-utility-tool-storage-845-031v02\"\u003ex Garden Storage Shed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x Manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSPACIOUS LAYOUT: This large \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/collections\/gardener-sheds\"\u003eshed features plenty of inner storage space so that you can store your garden\u003c\/a\u003e tools, lawn care equipment, and pool supplies.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQUALITY MATERIAL: The metal shed has a galvanized steel frame with a weatherized and water-resistant finish, which makes it great to use and keep outdoors.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eADVANCED SLOPED ROOF DESIGN: The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-wooden-garden-cabinet-4-tier-storage-shed-845-360\"\u003egarden storage shed\u003c\/a\u003e roof is sloped, and prevents rainwater from gathering, protecting it from damage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGOOD VENTILATION: Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-7-x-4-x-6-outdoor-storage-shed-845-030gy\"\u003emetal sheds outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e storage features four ventilation slots on the front and back, increasing both light and airflow, preventing odor, and helping to keep your equipment and tools dry. The double sliding doors allow easy access to this backyard shed.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOUTDOOR \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/collections\/storage-sheds-1\"\u003eSTORAGE SHED\u003c\/a\u003e INFORMATION: Overall Dimensions: 9.1' L x 6.4' W x 6.3' H; Inside Dimensions: 8.8' L x 5.9' W x 6.3' H. Assembly Required. Note: Please read the instructions or assembly video carefully before installation to shorten the installation time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eProduct Warranty\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Product Manual Aosom 845-031\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0654\/8203\/1361\/files\/INbcb012V01_GL_845-031.pdf?v=1669124408\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✓ Assembly \u0026amp; Instruction Manual 845-031\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmple Storage Space\u003c\/strong\u003e: With 9' x 6.5' x 6.5' dimensions, this shed offers plenty of room for garden tools, outdoor equipment, and storage items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable and Weather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Constructed with a strong, weatherproof steel frame to protect your belongings from the elements year-round.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVentilated for Dry Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built-in ventilation ensures airflow, preventing moisture buildup and keeping your items safe from rust and mildew.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Access\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lockable double doors provide both easy access and enhanced security for your stored items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for fast and simple setup, allowing you to organize your outdoor space with minimal effort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the key features of the Outsunny 9' x 6.5' x 6.5' Outdoor Garden Tool Shed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This shed features a rust-resistant metal frame, spacious storage space, and a high roof design for easy access to garden tools and outdoor equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the Outsunny garden shed weather-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the shed is made from weather-resistant materials, ensuring long-lasting durability and protection from the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the shed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The shed measures 9' L x 6.5' W x 6.5' H, offering ample storage capacity for various outdoor items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required. The shed comes with all necessary hardware and easy-to-follow instructions for quick setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this shed be used for different outdoor storage needs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it's perfect for storing garden tools, equipment, lawnmowers, bikes, and other outdoor essentials in your backyard or garden.\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoutine Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clean the metal surfaces with a soft cloth and mild soap solution to remove dirt and debris. Rinse and dry thoroughly to avoid build-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRust Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e: Regularly check for signs of rust and treat affected areas with a rust-resistant spray or touch-up paint to prevent corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLubricate Hinges and Locks\u003c\/strong\u003e: Apply silicone spray to the hinges, locks, and any moving parts to ensure smooth operation and prevent rust formation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear Vents\u003c\/strong\u003e: Keep the ventilation openings free from debris to maintain proper airflow and minimize moisture buildup inside the shed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck Hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically inspect and tighten screws, bolts, and fasteners to ensure the shed remains secure and stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--\n@media screen and (max-width: 767px) {.tg {width: auto !important;}.tg col {width: auto !important;}.tg-wrap {overflow-x: auto;-webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;}}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"Aosom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382713569505,"sku":"845-031YG","price":415.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/LDt98a18172181a61.jpg?v=1746007371"},{"product_id":"outsunny-9-x-6-5-x-6-5-outdoor-backyard-garden-tool-shed-845-031yl","title":"Outsunny 9' x 6.5' x 6.5' Outdoor Backyard Garden Tool Shed - 845-031YL","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWe’re Always On The Lookout For Cool New Products At The Very Best Prices To Help Make Life Better.  You’ll Always Find Exactly What You’re Looking For At A Price That Won’t Break Your Budget.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-right-item-title\"\u003eAdd storage space to your garden and value to your property with an Outsunny steel shed. Keep expensive equipment outside and out of harm's way with its waterproof steel roof. Mitigate moisture and musty with four ventilating windows. Providing all-season, all-weather protection for your lawn tools. The double sliding doors let you roll out your lawnmower, and their locking mechanism keeps it safe from thieves and misuse. Back up your backyard with some of the safest storage space you can place\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eView the Outsunny 9' x 6.5' x 6.5' Outdoor Backyard Garden Tool Shed - 845-031YL features below:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpacious storage for garden tools, lawn care equipment, or pool supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from galvanized steel and durable polypropylene (PP)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSloped roof prevents water build-up\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLockable double sliding double doors for easy entrance and storing larger items\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour vents for lighting and airflow\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly required\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: Please read the instructions or watch the assembly video carefully before installation to shorten the installation time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor: Brown\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterials: Galvanized Steel, Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimensions: 9.1' L x 6.4' W x 6.3' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInside Dimensions: 8.8' L x 5.9' W x 6.3' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWall Height: 5.1' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoor Dimensions: 3.1' L x 5' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVent Dimensions: 8.5\" L x 3.75\" W\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnow Capacity: 4 lbs. \/ ft²\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eItem Label: 845-031YL\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-9-x-4-5-x-5-5-outdoor-rust-resistant-metal-garden-vented-storage-shed-845-032cg-1\"\u003ex Garden Storage Shed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x Manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoor Storage Space: This \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/cedarshed-large-rancher-shed-kit-storage-solution\"\u003elarge shed brings a supreme amount of storage\u003c\/a\u003e to your backyard. Store garden tools, put away pool supplies, and layout lawn care equipment. The double doors can lock, keeping power tools from endangering kids.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Safely with Steel: Made with water-resistant galvanized steel that stands up to wind, rain, snow, UV, and even fire. Keep out the elements and keep tools protected.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRain Proof Sloped Roof: Don't let expensive equipment like your lawnmower get water damaged. The waterproof roof makes rainfall slide off and is built to last years of weathering. This shed doesn't cave into snow or anything the seasons can throw.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDry Storage Solution: Prevent problems with moisture and smells with the four ventilating windows found on the front and back. Controlling the humidity with proper airflow, keep tools and equipment in a shed built to mitigate the musty.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoor \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/cedarshed-cedarhouse-storage-shed\"\u003eStorage Shed\u003c\/a\u003e Info: Overall Dimensions: 9.1' L x 6.4' W x 6.3' H. Inside Dimensions: 8.8' L x 5.9' W x 6.3' H. Assembly Required. Note: Please read the instructions or watch the assembly video before installation to shorten installation time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eProduct Warranty\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0654\/8203\/1361\/files\/INbcb012V01_GL_845-031.pdf?v=1669124408\" title=\"Product Manual Aosom 845-031\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✓ Assembly \u0026amp; Instruction Manual 845-031\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Storage Space\u003c\/strong\u003e: The 9' x 6.5' x 6.5' size offers ample room for garden tools, equipment, and outdoor supplies, keeping everything organized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy and Weather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made with a durable, weatherproof steel frame, ensuring protection for your items against the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEfficient Ventilation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built-in vents allow for proper airflow, preventing moisture buildup and protecting your tools from rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure and Accessible\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lockable double doors provide easy access while keeping your stored items safe and secure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick and Easy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for fast setup, allowing you to start organizing your outdoor storage right away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the key features of the Outsunny 9' x 6.5' x 6.5' Outdoor Garden Tool Shed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This shed offers a durable, rust-resistant metal frame, ample storage space, and a high roof design for easy access to tools and outdoor equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the Outsunny garden shed weather-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the shed is constructed with weather-resistant materials to ensure protection for your items against various outdoor elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the shed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The shed measures 9' L x 6.5' W x 6.5' H, providing plenty of room for storing garden tools, lawnmowers, and other equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required. All necessary hardware and instructions are included for an easy setup process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this shed be used for different outdoor storage purposes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it’s ideal for storing a variety of outdoor items such as garden tools, lawn equipment, bikes, and more in your backyard or garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clean the shed's exterior and interior with a soft cloth and mild soap solution to remove dirt, leaves, and other debris. Rinse and dry to prevent buildup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRust Prevention\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect the metal panels for any signs of rust. If rust is found, treat with a rust-resistant spray or touch-up paint to prevent further damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLubricate Hinges and Locks\u003c\/strong\u003e: Apply silicone lubricant to the door hinges, locks, and moving parts to ensure smooth operation and prevent rust accumulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVentilation Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clear any debris from vents to ensure proper airflow, which will help reduce moisture buildup and prevent mildew.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTighten Hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically check and tighten screws, bolts, and fasteners to maintain the stability of the shed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--\n@media screen and (max-width: 767px) {.tg {width: auto !important;}.tg col {width: auto !important;}.tg-wrap {overflow-x: auto;-webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;}}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"Aosom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382713864417,"sku":"845-031YL","price":415.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/XSw98a18172181843.jpg?v=1746007383"},{"product_id":"outsunny-9-x-6-metal-storage-shed-845-031sr","title":"Outsunny 9' x 6' Metal Storage Shed - 845-031SR","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWe’re Always On The Lookout For Cool New Products At The Very Best Prices To Help Make Life Better.  You’ll Always Find Exactly What You’re Looking For At A Price That Won’t Break Your Budget.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-right-item-title\"\u003eAdd storage space to your garden and value to your property with an Outsunny steel shed. Keep expensive equipment outside and out of harm's way with its waterproof steel roof. Mitigate moisture and musty with four ventilating windows. Providing all-season, all-weather protection for your lawn tools. The double sliding doors let you roll out your lawnmower, and their locking mechanism keeps it safe from thieves and misuse. Back up your backyard with some of the safest storage space you can place\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eView the Outsunny 9' x 6.5' x 6.5' Outdoor Backyard Garden Tool Shed - 845-031YL features below:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpacious storage for garden tools, lawn care equipment, or pool supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from galvanized steel and durable polypropylene (PP)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSloped roof prevents water build-up\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLockable double sliding double doors for easy entrance and storing larger items\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour vents for lighting and airflow\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly required\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: Please read the instructions or watch the assembly video carefully before installation to shorten the installation time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor: Silver\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterials: Galvanized Steel, Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimensions: 9.1' L x 6.4' W x 6.3' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInside Dimensions: 8.8' L x 5.9' W x 6.3' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWall Height: 5.1' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoor Dimensions: 3.1' L x 5' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVent Dimensions: 8.5\" L x 3.75\" W\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnow Capacity: 4 lbs. \/ ft²\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eItem Label: 845-031SR\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-7-x-4-steel-storage-shed-organizer-845-030gn\"\u003ex Garden Storage Shed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x Manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoor Storage Space: This \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/cedarshed-large-rancher-shed-kit-storage-solution\"\u003elarge shed brings a supreme amount of storage\u003c\/a\u003e to your backyard. Store garden tools, put away pool supplies, and layout lawn care equipment. The double doors can lock, keeping power tools from endangering kids.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Safely with Steel: Made with water-resistant galvanized steel that stands up to wind, rain, snow, UV, and even fire. Keep out the elements and keep tools protected.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRain Proof Sloped Roof: Don't let expensive equipment like your lawnmower get water damaged. The waterproof roof makes rainfall slide off and is built to last years of weathering. This shed doesn't cave into snow or anything the seasons can throw.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDry Storage Solution: Prevent problems with moisture and smells with the four ventilating windows found on the front and back. Controlling the humidity with proper airflow, keep tools and equipment in a shed built to mitigate the musty.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-4-5-x-3-x-6-outdoor-storage-shed-845-328v01yg\"\u003eOutdoor Storage Shed\u003c\/a\u003e Info: Overall Dimensions: 9.1' L x 6.4' W x 6.3' H. Inside Dimensions: 8.8' L x 5.9' W x 6.3' H. Assembly Required. Note: Please read the instructions or watch the assembly video before installation to shorten installation time.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eProduct Warranty\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Product Manual Aosom 845-031\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0654\/8203\/1361\/files\/INbcb012V01_GL_845-031.pdf?v=1669124408\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✓ Assembly \u0026amp; Instruction Manual 845-031\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: The 9' x 6' size provides ample space for storing tools, lawn equipment, and outdoor supplies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Metal Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with a strong, weather-resistant metal frame for long-lasting protection against the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure and Convenient\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features double doors for easy access and a lockable design to keep your items safe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: The metal structure is designed for minimal upkeep, ensuring hassle-free use throughout the year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Quick and simple setup, so you can organize your outdoor space in no time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the key features of the Outsunny 9' x 6' Metal Storage Shed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This shed offers a rust-resistant metal frame, spacious storage capacity, and durable construction, making it ideal for storing tools, equipment, and outdoor gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the Outsunny storage shed weather-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it is built with weather-resistant materials to protect your belongings from the elements, ensuring long-lasting durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the shed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The shed measures 9' L x 6' W, providing ample space for a variety of outdoor storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required. The shed comes with detailed instructions and all necessary hardware for easy setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this shed be used for different outdoor storage purposes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it is perfect for storing garden tools, equipment, bikes, and other outdoor items in gardens, backyards, or garages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clean the metal surfaces with a soft cloth and mild soap solution to remove dirt, dust, and grime. Rinse with water and dry thoroughly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRust Prevention\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect the shed regularly for any signs of rust. Apply a rust-resistant spray or touch-up paint to affected areas to prevent further corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLubricate Moving Parts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lubricate the hinges, locks, and door tracks with silicone spray to ensure smooth operation and prevent rust buildup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVentilation Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Keep vents clear of debris to allow proper airflow and reduce moisture buildup inside the shed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck for Loose Hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically check and tighten screws, bolts, and fasteners to maintain the shed's stability and prevent parts from loosening over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--\n@media screen and (max-width: 767px) {.tg {width: auto !important;}.tg col {width: auto !important;}.tg-wrap {overflow-x: auto;-webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;}}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"Aosom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382713897185,"sku":"845-031SR","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/WBH98a1839e9f25ef.jpg?v=1746007395"},{"product_id":"outsunny-9-x-6-5-x-6-5-outdoor-backyard-garden-tool-shed-845-031cg","title":"Outsunny 9' x 6.5' x 6.5' Outdoor Backyard Garden Tool Shed - 845-031CG","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWe’re Always On The Lookout For Cool New Products At The Very Best Prices To Help Make Life Better.  You’ll Always Find Exactly What You’re Looking For At A Price That Won’t Break Your Budget.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-right-item-title\"\u003eAdd storage space to your garden and value to your property with an Outsunny steel shed. Keep expensive equipment outside and out of harm's way with its waterproof steel roof. Mitigate moisture and musty with four ventilating windows. Providing all-season, all-weather protection for your lawn tools. The double sliding doors let you roll out your lawnmower, and their locking mechanism keeps it safe from thieves and misuse. Back up your backyard with some of the safest storage space you can place\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eView the Outsunny 9' x 6.5' x 6.5' Outdoor Backyard Garden Tool Shed - 845-031CG features below:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpacious storage for garden tools, lawn care equipment, or pool supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from galvanized steel and durable polypropylene (PP)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSloped roof prevents water build-up\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLockable double sliding double doors for easy entrance and storing larger items\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour vents for lighting and airflow\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly required\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: Please read the instructions or watch the assembly video carefully before installation to shorten the installation time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor: Dark Grey\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterials: Color Steel, PP\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimensions: 9.1' L x 6.4' W x 6.3' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInside Dimensions: 8.8' L x 5.9' W x 6.3' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWall Height: 5.1'\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoor Dimensions: 3.1' L x 5' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVent Dimensions: 8.5\" L x 3.75\"W\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnow Capacity: 4 lb. \/ ft²\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eItem Label: 845-031CG\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-9-x-4-5-x-5-5-outdoor-rust-resistant-metal-garden-vented-storage-shed-845-032cg-1\"\u003ex Garden Storage Shed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x Manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoor Storage Space: This large \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/collections\/storage-sheds-1\"\u003eshed brings a supreme amount of storage\u003c\/a\u003e to your backyard. Store garden tools, put away pool supplies, and layout lawn care equipment. The double doors can lock, keeping power tools from endangering kids.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Safely with Steel: Made with water-resistant galvanized steel that stands up to wind, rain, snow, UV, and even fire. Keep out the elements and keep tools protected.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRain Proof Sloped Roof: Don't let expensive equipment like your lawnmower get water damaged. The waterproof roof makes rainfall slide off and is built to last years of weathering. This shed doesn't cave into snow or anything the seasons can throw.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDry Storage Solution: Prevent problems with moisture and smells with the four ventilating windows found on the front and back. Controlling the humidity with proper airflow, keep tools and equipment in a shed built to mitigate the musty.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-4-x-8-steel-garden-storage-shed-845-692v01\"\u003eOutdoor Storage Shed\u003c\/a\u003e Info: Overall Dimensions: 9.1' L x 6.4' W x 6.3' H. Inside Dimensions: 8.8' L x 5.9' W x 6.3' H. Assembly Required. Note: Please read the instructions or watch the assembly video before installation to shorten installation time.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eProduct Warranty\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Product Manual Aosom 845-031\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0654\/8203\/1361\/files\/INbcb012V01_GL_845-031.pdf?v=1669124408\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✓ Assembly \u0026amp; Instruction Manual 845-031\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: With dimensions of 9' x 6.5' x 6.5', this shed offers generous storage space for garden tools, equipment, and outdoor supplies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made with a robust, weather-resistant steel frame to withstand various outdoor conditions, ensuring long-term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure and Accessible\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features wide, double doors for easy access and a lockable design for added security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVentilation System\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built-in vents promote airflow, reducing moisture buildup and keeping your items dry and protected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e: Quick and simple assembly, allowing you to organize your outdoor storage with ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the key features of the Outsunny 9' x 6.5' x 6.5' Outdoor Garden Tool Shed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This shed features a rust-resistant metal frame, a spacious interior, and a high roof design, providing ample storage for garden tools, equipment, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the Outsunny garden shed weather-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the shed is made from weather-resistant materials, offering durability and protection against outdoor elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the shed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The shed measures 9' L x 6.5' W x 6.5' H, providing a generous storage area for a variety of outdoor items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required. The shed comes with all necessary hardware and detailed instructions for easy setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this shed be used for various outdoor storage needs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it's perfect for storing gardening tools, lawnmowers, equipment, and other outdoor essentials in your backyard or garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips \u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wipe down the exterior with a soft cloth and mild soap solution to remove dirt and debris. Rinse and dry thoroughly to prevent buildup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect for Rust\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the metal surfaces for rust. Apply a rust-resistant spray to any areas showing signs of corrosion to protect the shed’s longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLubricate Hinges and Locks\u003c\/strong\u003e: Spray silicone lubricant on door hinges and locks to ensure smooth operation and prevent rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVentilation Care\u003c\/strong\u003e: Regularly clean vents to prevent blockages, ensuring proper airflow and reducing moisture buildup inside the shed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Loose Hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically check screws, bolts, and fasteners, tightening them as necessary to maintain the shed's structural integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--\n@media screen and (max-width: 767px) {.tg {width: auto !important;}.tg col {width: auto !important;}.tg-wrap {overflow-x: auto;-webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;}}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"Aosom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382713929953,"sku":"845-031CG","price":384.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/0FB98a18172181b75.jpg?v=1746007409"},{"product_id":"outsunny-9-x-6-5-x-6-5-outdoor-backyard-garden-tool-shed-845-031gy","title":"Outsunny 9' x 6.5' x 6.5' Outdoor Backyard Garden Tool Shed - 845-031GY","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWe’re Always On The Lookout For Cool New Products At The Very Best Prices To Help Make Life Better.  You’ll Always Find Exactly What You’re Looking For At A Price That Won’t Break Your Budget.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-right-item-title\"\u003eEasily add storage space and value to your property with a storage house from Outsunny. The steel outdoor shed has distinct advantages over traditional wooden models that make it a much more attractive choice for purchase. A tool shed is more durable and offers better protection from hazards such as a fire. If you've been looking for a way to add much-needed \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/collections\/storage-sheds-1\"\u003estorage space to your property, this outside storage shed\u003c\/a\u003e can be your perfect choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eView the Outsunny 9' x 6.5' x 6.5' Outdoor Backyard Garden Tool Shed - 845-031GY features below:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpacious storage area for garden tools, lawn care equipment, or pool supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from galvanized steel and durable polypropylene (PP) construction\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSloped roof prevents water build up\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDouble sliding doors for easy entrance and access\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour vents for lighting and airflow\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly required\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: Please read the instructions or assembly video carefully before installation to shorten the installation time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor: Grey\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterials: Color Steel, PP\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimensions: 9.1' L x 6.4' W x 6.3' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInside Dimensions: 8.8' L x 5.9' W x 6.3' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWall Height: 5.1'\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoor Dimensions: 3.1' L x 5' H\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVent Dimensions: 8.5\" L x 3.75\"W\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnow Capacity: 4 lb. \/ ft²\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eItem Label: 845-031GY\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-11-x-12-5-x-6-5-outdoor-backyard-garden-tool-shed-845-031v01\"\u003ex Garden Storage Shed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x Manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSPACIOUS LAYOUT: This large \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/collections\/gardener-sheds\"\u003eshed features plenty of inner storage space so that you can store your garden\u003c\/a\u003e tools, lawn care equipment, and pool supplies.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQUALITY MATERIAL: The metal shed has a galvanized steel frame with a weatherized and water-resistant finish, which makes it great to use and keep outdoors.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eADVANCED SLOPED ROOF DESIGN: The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-7-x-4-steel-storage-shed-organizer-845-030wt\"\u003egarden storage shed\u003c\/a\u003e roof is sloped, and prevents rainwater from gathering, protecting it from damage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGOOD VENTILATION: Our metal \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-4-5-x-3-x-6-outdoor-storage-shed-845-328v01yg\"\u003esheds outdoor storage\u003c\/a\u003e features four ventilation slots on the front and back, increasing both light and airflow, preventing odor, and helping to keep your equipment and tools dry. The double sliding doors allow easy access to this backyard shed.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-6-x-4-backyard-garden-tool-storage-shed-845-428\"\u003eOUTDOOR STORAGE SHED\u003c\/a\u003e INFORMATION: Overall Dimensions: 9.1' L x 6.4' W x 6.3' H; Inside Dimensions: 8.8' L x 5.9' W x 6.3' H. Assembly Required. Note: Please read the instructions or assembly video carefully before installation to shorten the installation time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eProduct Warranty\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0654\/8203\/1361\/files\/INbcb012V01_GL_845-031.pdf?v=1669124408\" title=\"Product Manual Aosom 845-031\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✓ Assembly \u0026amp; Instruction Manual 845-031\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious and Functional\u003c\/strong\u003e: The 9' x 6.5' x 6.5' design offers plenty of room for storing garden tools, lawn equipment, and outdoor supplies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with a durable, weather-resistant steel frame, ensuring protection from the elements for long-lasting use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVentilated Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes ventilation slots to promote airflow, preventing moisture buildup and keeping items dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features lockable double doors, providing both easy access and peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffortless Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for quick and easy setup, so you can start organizing your backyard in no time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the key features of the Outsunny 9' x 6.5' x 6.5' Outdoor Garden Tool Shed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This shed offers a rust-resistant metal frame, spacious storage capacity, and a tall roof for easy access to your garden tools, lawn equipment, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the Outsunny garden shed weather-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it is built with weather-resistant materials to protect your items from outdoor elements and ensure durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the shed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The shed measures 9' L x 6.5' W x 6.5' H, providing ample storage space for various outdoor items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required. The shed includes all necessary hardware and detailed instructions for easy setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this shed be used for different outdoor storage purposes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it is ideal for storing garden tools, equipment, bicycles, and other outdoor essentials in your backyard or garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use a soft cloth and mild soap solution to clean the metal surfaces and remove dirt, leaves, and debris. Rinse and dry thoroughly to prevent buildup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRust Prevention\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect the metal for any signs of rust. If found, apply a rust-resistant spray or touch-up paint to affected areas to prevent corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLubricate Moving Parts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lubricate door hinges, locks, and other moving parts with silicone spray to keep them functioning smoothly and avoid rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVent Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clear vents of any debris to ensure proper airflow and reduce moisture buildup, which can lead to mildew and mold inside the shed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck and Tighten Hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e: Regularly check the screws, bolts, and fasteners to ensure they are tight, maintaining the stability and safety of the shed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--\n@media screen and (max-width: 767px) {.tg {width: auto !important;}.tg col {width: auto !important;}.tg-wrap {overflow-x: auto;-webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;}}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"Aosom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382713995489,"sku":"845-031GY","price":375.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/7Q098a181721818cb_jpg.webp?v=1746007430"},{"product_id":"outsunny-9-x-4-5-x-5-5-outdoor-rust-resistant-metal-garden-vented-storage-shed-845-032cg","title":"Outsunny 9' x 4.5' x 5.5' Outdoor Rust-Resistant Metal Garden Vented Storage Shed - 845-032CG","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWe’re Always On The Lookout For Cool New Products At The Very Best Prices To Help Make Life Better.  You’ll Always Find Exactly What You’re Looking For At A Price That Won’t Break Your Budget.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-right-item-title\"\u003eEasily add storage space and value to your property with an outdoor garden shed from Outsunny. The metal tool storage shed has distinct advantages over traditional wooden models that make it a much more attractive choice for purchase. A metal shed is more durable and offers better protection from hazards such as a fire. If you've been looking for a way to add much-needed storage space to your property, this \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-3-x-5-wooden-garden-storage-shed-845-215bn\"\u003ebackyard storage shed\u003c\/a\u003e can be your perfect choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eView the Outsunny 9' x 4.5' x 5.5' Outdoor Rust-Resistant Metal Garden Vented Storage Shed - 845-032CG features below:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpacious storage area for garden tools, lawn care equipment, or pool supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from galvanized steel and durable polypropylene (PP) construction\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSloped roof prevents water build up\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDouble sliding doors for easy entrance and access\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo vents for lighting and airflow\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLockable design so you can add a padlock (not included).\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor: Grey\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterials: Galvanized Steel Frame and Siding, Polypropylene (PP) Plastic Vents and Door Handles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimensions: 110.25\" W x 51.25\" D x 67.75\" H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInside Dimensions: 106\" W x 45.75\" D x 66.25\" H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWall Height: 62.25\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoor Dimensions: 37.5\" W x 59.75\" H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnow Capacity: 4lbs\/ft²\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eItem Label: 845-032CG \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSPACIOUS LAYOUT: This large metal \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-10-outdoor-patio-gazebo-canopy-with-double-tier-roof-84c-192\"\u003eoutdoor shed features plenty of inner storage space so that you can store your garden\u003c\/a\u003e tools, lawn care equipment, and pool supplies.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQUALITY MATERIAL: The tool \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/collections\/storage-sheds-1\"\u003estorage shed\u003c\/a\u003e has a galvanized steel frame with a weatherized and rust-resistant finish, which makes it great to use and keep outdoors.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTHOUGHTFUL DESIGN: Two vents at the front of this \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/collections\/large-storage-sheds\"\u003estorage shed\u003c\/a\u003e promote airflow, while a sloped roof means less water can get into your shed from rain or snow. The double sliding doors make it easy to open and close to put your things out or put them away.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKEEP YOUR TOOLS SAFE: This metal tool shed is designed so you can add lock on the double sliding doors to make sure anything you put inside can be stored safely.\u003cbr\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-9-x-6-5-x-6-5-outdoor-backyard-garden-tool-shed-845-031yg\"\u003eOUTDOOR GARDEN SHED\u003c\/a\u003e INFORMATION: Overall Dimensions: 110.25\" L x\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e51.25\" W x 67.75\" H. Inside Dimensions: 104.75\" L x 45.75\" W x 66.5\" H. Wall Height: 61.75\". Door Dimensions: 37.5\" W x 59.75\" H. Snow Capacity: 4 lb.\/ ft²\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eProduct Warranty\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0654\/8203\/1361\/files\/INbcb012V01_GL_845-031.pdf?v=1669124408\" title=\"Product Manual Aosom 845-031\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✓ Assembly \u0026amp; Instruction Manual 845-031\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious \u0026amp; Practical\u003c\/strong\u003e: At 9' x 4.5' x 5.5', this shed offers generous storage for tools, garden equipment, and outdoor supplies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRust-Resistant Metal\u003c\/strong\u003e: Constructed with a durable, rust-resistant metal frame to withstand various weather conditions and provide long-term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVented Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The built-in vents promote airflow, preventing moisture buildup and keeping stored items dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a lockable door for added security, keeping your items safe and protected from the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for quick and hassle-free setup, allowing you to organize your outdoor space efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the key features of the Outsunny 9' x 4.5' x 5.5' Outdoor Vented Metal Garden Storage Shed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This shed features a rust-resistant metal frame, built-in ventilation for airflow, and ample storage space, making it ideal for storing garden tools, lawn equipment, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the Outsunny garden storage shed weather-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the shed is designed with weather-resistant materials to withstand outdoor conditions and protect your items from the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the shed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The shed measures 9' L x 4.5' W x 5.5' H, offering plenty of room for storing various outdoor gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required. All necessary hardware and detailed instructions are included for easy setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the shed include ventilation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it features built-in vents to ensure proper airflow, preventing moisture buildup and keeping your items dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips \u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clean the metal surfaces and vents with a soft cloth and mild soap solution to remove dirt, leaves, and debris. Rinse and dry thoroughly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect for Rust\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically check for signs of rust on the metal panels. Apply a rust-resistant spray or touch-up paint to prevent corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLubricate Hinges and Locks\u003c\/strong\u003e: Keep doors, locks, and hinges working smoothly by lubricating them with silicone spray to prevent rusting and ensure easy movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVentilation Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clear vents of any debris to maintain proper airflow, which helps prevent moisture buildup and mildew inside the shed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTighten Hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically check screws and bolts for tightness to ensure the shed remains secure and stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--\n@media screen and (max-width: 767px) {.tg {width: auto !important;}.tg col {width: auto !important;}.tg-wrap {overflow-x: auto;-webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;}}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"Aosom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382714683617,"sku":"845-032CG","price":391.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/zH376917e6ba0b5fa.jpg?v=1746007445"},{"product_id":"outsunny-4-x-8-steel-garden-storage-shed-845-692v01","title":"Outsunny 4' x 8' Steel Garden Storage Shed - 845-692V01","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWe’re Always On The Lookout For Cool New Products At The Very Best Prices To Help Make Life Better.  You’ll Always Find Exactly What You’re Looking For At A Price That Won’t Break Your Budget.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-right-item-title\"\u003eDo you love to garden or do outside projects but have no place to store your tools or supplies? This outdoor tool shed from Outsunny can turn your random piles of mess around your garage into a neat and organized storage center. Keep everything tidy, so you're spending more time enjoying outdoor projects and less time just trying to find the tools. Use this Outsunny metal \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/collections\/storage-sheds-1\"\u003estorage shed\u003c\/a\u003e to stay clean and organized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eView the Outsunny 4' x 8' Steel Garden Storage Shed - 845-692V01 features below:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel frame is sturdy and resistant to rust\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSloped roof to prevent water build-up\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLock-on door for storage house's security, lock and keys included\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo ventilation slots to keep inside dry and fresh\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInclude installation gloves to protect your hands\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor: Dark Grey\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterials: Steel\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimensions: 50.5\" W x 91.25\" D x 67.25\"\/75.25\" H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInside Dimensions: 44.5\" W x 89.25\" D x 67\"\/74\" H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoor Size: 31\" W x 65\" H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVent Size: 6\" L x 3.25\" W\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnow Rating: 4 lbs.\/ft²\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eItem Label: 845-692V01\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-6-x-6-x-7-polycarbonate-portable-walk-in-garden-greenhouse-845-058\"\u003ex Garden\u003c\/a\u003e Shed\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x Lock\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3 x Keys\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA Pair of Gloves\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x Installation Manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSTAY ORGANIZED: Our outdoor \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/collections\/storage-sheds\"\u003estorage shed\u003c\/a\u003e means plenty of space for lawnmowers, ladders, bikes, yard tools, or garden tools.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSPACE SAVING AND LOCKABLE: Due to its lean-to-wall design, you can place this motorcycle shed in any corner of your yard, and it has a lock on the door to keep your items safe and secure.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGREAT VENTILATION: Our tool storage and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/collections\/gardener-sheds\"\u003egarden shed\u003c\/a\u003e feature two air vents on the front and rear, which keeps the interior cool and aired out.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSELECTED MATERIAL: Our bike \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/collections\/large-storage-sheds\"\u003estorage shed\u003c\/a\u003e is made of rugged steel panels, protecting your yard tools and furniture from direct sunlight and rain.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOUTDOOR TOOL SHED DIMENSIONS: Overall Dimensions: 50.5\" W x 91.25\" D x 67.25\"\/75.25\" H. Inside Dimensions: 44.5\" W x 89.25\" D x 67\"\/74\" H. Includes installation gloves to protect your hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eProduct Warranty\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0654\/8203\/1361\/files\/INbca056_US_CA_845-692V01.pdf?v=1669130621\" title=\"Product Manual Aosom 845-692V01\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✓ Assembly \u0026amp; Instruction Manual 845-692V01\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact \u0026amp; Efficient\u003c\/strong\u003e: The 4' x 8' size makes this shed ideal for smaller outdoor spaces while offering ample storage for tools, gardening supplies, and more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy \u0026amp; Weather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made with a durable steel frame, it’s built to resist rust and harsh weather conditions for lasting outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a lockable door to keep your belongings safe and protected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Assemble\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for a simple, quick setup with minimal tools, making it perfect for DIY projects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: The steel construction requires little upkeep, ensuring your shed remains functional and looking great for years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the Outsunny 4' x 8' Steel Garden Storage Shed - 845-692V01?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Outsunny 4' x 8' Steel Garden Storage Shed is a compact and durable outdoor storage solution made of galvanized steel, designed to store tools, garden equipment, and other outdoor essentials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the shed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The shed measures 4 feet in width, 8 feet in length, and approximately 6 feet in height, offering ample storage space for garden tools and equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this shed weather-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the shed is made of weather-resistant galvanized steel that resists rust, corrosion, and harsh outdoor conditions, ensuring long-lasting durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the shed come with shelving or hooks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The shed does not include built-in shelving or hooks, but it has plenty of room to customize with additional storage options such as shelves or hanging organizers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the shed easy to assemble?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the shed comes with clear instructions and all necessary parts for assembly, though some tools and time are required to complete the setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the shed secure?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The shed has a sliding door that can be locked with a padlock (not included) for added security, keeping your stored items safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the ventilation in the shed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The shed features small vents on the sides to allow air circulation, helping to reduce moisture buildup and maintain a dry interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials are used in the construction?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The shed is constructed from durable galvanized steel, providing strong protection from the elements and ensuring long-term use.\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wipe down the exterior with a damp cloth or sponge to remove dust, dirt, and cobwebs. For stubborn stains, use a mild detergent solution. Avoid using harsh chemicals that could damage the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCheck for Rust\u003c\/strong\u003e: Regularly inspect the shed for any signs of rust or corrosion, especially around joints and corners. If found, remove rust with a wire brush and apply a rust-resistant paint to prevent further damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLubricate Hinges and Locks\u003c\/strong\u003e: To maintain smooth operation, apply lubricant to the hinges and lock mechanisms every few months. This will prevent them from rusting and ensure they continue to function properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTighten Fasteners\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically check all bolts, screws, and fasteners to ensure they are secure. Tighten any loose fasteners to maintain the shed’s stability and structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Proper Ventilation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Make sure that the ventilation openings are free from obstructions to ensure proper airflow inside the shed, helping to reduce moisture buildup and prevent mold or mildew growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Roof and Walls\u003c\/strong\u003e: Regularly check the roof for any damage or signs of wear. Ensure that water flows off freely and doesn't accumulate, as stagnant water can cause rust. Repair any damage immediately to avoid further deterioration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvoid Overloading\u003c\/strong\u003e: Be mindful not to overload the shed with heavy items, as this could strain the structure and cause damage. Distribute weight evenly across the floor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--\n@media screen and (max-width: 767px) {.tg {width: auto !important;}.tg col {width: auto !important;}.tg-wrap {overflow-x: auto;-webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;}}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"Aosom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382714716385,"sku":"845-692V01","price":385.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/CoN98a1801abc2ae9.jpg?v=1746007462"},{"product_id":"outsunny-9-x-4-5-x-5-5-outdoor-rust-resistant-garden-storage-shed-845-032","title":"Outsunny 9' x 4.5' x 5.5' Outdoor Rust-Resistant Garden Storage Shed - 845-032","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWe’re Always On The Lookout For Cool New Products At The Very Best Prices To Help Make Life Better.  You’ll Always Find Exactly What You’re Looking For At A Price That Won’t Break Your Budget.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-right-item-title\"\u003eEasily add storage space and value to your property with an outdoor garden shed from Outsunny. The metal tool storage shed has distinct advantages over traditional wooden models that make it a much more attractive choice for purchase. A metal shed is more durable and offers better protection from hazards such as a fire. If you've been looking for a way to add much-needed \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/collections\/storage-sheds-1\"\u003estorage space to your property, this backyard storage shed\u003c\/a\u003e can be your perfect choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eView the Outsunny 9' x 4.5' x 5.5' Outdoor Rust-Resistant Garden Storage Shed - 845-032 features below:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpacious storage area for garden tools, lawn care equipment, or pool supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from galvanized steel and durable polypropylene (PP) construction\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSloped roof prevents water build up\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDouble sliding doors for easy entrance and access\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo vents for lighting and airflow\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLockable design so you can add a padlock (not included).\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor: Green\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterials: Galvanized Steel Frame and Siding, Polypropylene (PP) Plastic\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVents and Door Handles\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimensions: 110.25\" W x 51.25\" D x 67.75\" H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInside Dimensions: 106\" W x 45.75\" D x 66.25\" H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWall Height: 62.25\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoor Dimensions: 37.5\" W x 59.75\" H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnow Capacity: 4lbs\/ft²\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eItem Label: 845-032\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSPACIOUS LAYOUT: This large \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-7-x-4-x-6-outdoor-storage-shed-845-030gy\"\u003emetal outdoor shed\u003c\/a\u003e features plenty of inner storage space so that you can store your garden tools, lawn care equipment, and pool supplies.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQUALITY MATERIAL: The tool \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/collections\/large-storage-sheds\"\u003estorage shed\u003c\/a\u003e has a galvanized steel frame with a weatherized and rust-resistant finish, which makes it great to use and keep outdoors.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTHOUGHTFUL DESIGN: Two vents at the front of this storage shed promote airflow, while a sloped roof means less water can get into your shed from rain or snow. The double sliding doors make it easy to open and close to put your things out or put them away.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKEEP YOUR TOOLS SAFE: This metal tool shed is designed so you can add lock on the double sliding doors to make sure anything you put inside can be stored safely.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-11-x-6-x-6-steel-garden-storage-shed-845-680cg\"\u003eOUTDOOR GARDEN SHED\u003c\/a\u003e INFORMATION: Overall Dimensions: 110.25\" L x 51.25\" W x 67.75\" H. Inside Dimensions: 104.75\" L x 45.75\" W x 66.5\" H. Wall Height: 61.75\". Door Dimensions: 37.5\" W x 59.75\" H. Snow Capacity: 4 lb.\/ ft²\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eProduct Warranty\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0654\/8203\/1361\/files\/INbcb013V01_GL_845-032_1.pdf?v=1669132131\" title=\"Product Manual Aosom 845-032\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✓ Assembly \u0026amp; Instruction Manual 845-032\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: With dimensions of 9' x 4.5' x 5.5', this shed offers ample storage for tools, equipment, and garden supplies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRust-Resistant Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with a durable, rust-resistant steel frame to withstand the elements and ensure long-lasting use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure and Convenient\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a lockable door for added security and easy access to your stored items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Proof\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed to protect your belongings from rain, sun, and snow, keeping them safe and dry year-round.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Quick and straightforward setup, allowing you to get your storage organized without hassle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the key features of the Outsunny 9' x 4.5' x 5.5' Outdoor Garden Storage Shed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This shed offers a rust-resistant metal frame, ample storage space, and a durable, weatherproof design perfect for storing garden tools, equipment, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the Outsunny storage shed weather-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the shed is built with weather-resistant materials, designed to withstand outdoor elements and provide long-lasting durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the shed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The shed measures 9' L x 4.5' W x 5.5' H, providing generous storage capacity for outdoor gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required. Detailed instructions and all necessary hardware are included for easy setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this shed be used for various outdoor storage needs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it is perfect for storing tools, lawn equipment, bikes, and other outdoor items in gardens, backyards, or garages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e Maintenance Tips \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/pages\/shipping-policy\" title=\"Shipping Policy\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clean the exterior and interior with a soft cloth and mild soap solution to remove dirt and debris. Avoid abrasive cleaners that may damage the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck for Rust\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect the metal frame regularly for signs of rust. Apply a rust-resistant spray to any affected areas to prevent further corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLubricate Moving Parts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Keep doors and locks functioning smoothly by lubricating hinges and locks with silicone spray to avoid rusting or sticking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVentilation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure the ventilation system is clear of debris to promote airflow and prevent moisture buildup, which can lead to mildew.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructural Inspection\u003c\/strong\u003e: Regularly check the frame and walls for any loose screws or damage and tighten or repair as needed to maintain stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--\n@media screen and (max-width: 767px) {.tg {width: auto !important;}.tg col {width: auto !important;}.tg-wrap {overflow-x: auto;-webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;}}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"Aosom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382714847457,"sku":"845-032","price":366.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/pz3a1017e6cc5adc8.jpg?v=1746007476"},{"product_id":"outsunny-10-l-x-6-w-walk-in-polycarbonate-greenhouse-845-243v02","title":"Outsunny 10' L x 6' W Walk-In Polycarbonate Greenhouse - 845-243V02","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWe’re Always On The Lookout For Cool New Products At The Very Best Prices To Help Make Life Better.  You’ll Always Find Exactly What You’re Looking For At A Price That Won’t Break Your Budget.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-right-item-title\"\u003eThis Outsunny walk in greenhouse is perfect for the home gardening enthusiast. The plant nursery offers all the protection your plants need to thrive without having to spend a great deal of green yourself. The powder-coated aluminum frame and PC sheets of the hot house will keep your plants secured. These transparent sheets allow natural lighting to pass throughout the entire structure. One rooftop vent of the winter protection greenhouse ensures excellent ventilation of the large greenhouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eView the Outsunny 10' L x 6' W Walk-In Polycarbonate Greenhouse - 845-243V02 features below:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder-coated aluminum alloy frame offers durable support\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4mm twin wall, polycarbonate sheets keep your plants secure\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConvenient door with latch for easy access to the inside\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn opening rooftop vent ensures excellent ventilation\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHose-ready rain gutters aid in collecting natural rain water\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lightweight aluminum base provides stable support for the entire structure\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor: Transparent Sheets, Silver Frame\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: Aluminum, Polycarbonate Sheets\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimensions: 10' L x 6' W x 6.4' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoor Dimensions: 24.25\" W x 63.25\" H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolycarbonate Sheet Thickness: 0.25\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNOTE: This is not super \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/collections\/heavy-duty-workstations\"\u003eheavy duty\u003c\/a\u003e greenhouse, please keep this in mind when constructing and leaving up during inclement weather. Any damage done due to wind, rain or other elements beyond our control are not covered under warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUPPORTS PLANT GROWTH: The transparent 0.25\" PC panels of this \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-12-x-6-aluminum-greenhouse-polycarbonate-walk-in-garden-greenhouse-845-540v02sr\"\u003epolycarbonate greenhouse\u003c\/a\u003e allow maximum light transmission while retaining heat for early seed sprouting or protecting plants late in the season.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eADJUSTABLE ROOF: The adjustable roof of the winter greenhouse can be positioned to different angles for proper ventilation and ensure your plants get all the fresh air they need.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDURABLE DESIGN: The lightweight aluminum frame, tough-as-nails hardware, and reinforced poles of the green house help prevent corrosion, helping the greenhouses for outdoors last many growing seasons.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSAVE ON WATER COSTS: The included rain gutters aid in collecting natural rainwater. Attach a hose to the outdoor greenhouse for winter, and you can start collecting water to become a bit more self-sufficient.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLARGE GROWING SPACE: Measuring 10'L x 6'W x 6.4'H, the green houses for outside offer you plenty of space for plant preparation and growth. Keep them secured inside until they're hardy enough for planting outside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Structure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with a durable steel frame and polycarbonate panels, this greenhouse offers long-lasting support and protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal Growing Conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e: The polycarbonate panels provide UV protection, reducing heat buildup while allowing ample sunlight for plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious Interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: The 10' L x 6' W design gives you plenty of room for a variety of plants, flowers, or vegetables, perfect for gardening enthusiasts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-Weather Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e: The weather-resistant construction ensures your plants stay safe from rain, wind, and extreme temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Polycarbonate panels are easy to clean and maintain, ensuring your greenhouse remains in excellent condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Access\u003c\/strong\u003e: Featuring wide double doors for convenient entry and ventilation to keep the air fresh inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the Outsunny 10' L x 6' W Walk-In Polycarbonate Greenhouse?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This 10x6 walk-in greenhouse features a durable polycarbonate structure, providing an ideal environment for growing plants year-round, protected from harsh weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials are used in this greenhouse?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The greenhouse is built with a rust-resistant steel frame and twin-wall polycarbonate panels that offer UV protection and insulation for better plant growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this greenhouse suitable for all weather conditions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the polycarbonate panels protect against UV rays, strong winds, and light snow, while maintaining a stable temperature for plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much space does the greenhouse provide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 10' L x 6' W size offers ample space for planting, organizing tools, and moving around comfortably inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the greenhouse require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required, but it is straightforward with clear instructions provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I maintain the greenhouse?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Regular cleaning of the panels and frame will keep it in top condition, while making sure the structure is securely anchored for stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Who is this greenhouse ideal for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Perfect for gardening enthusiasts, hobbyists, or anyone looking to extend their growing season with a durable and efficient greenhouse\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clean the polycarbonate panels with mild soap and water to remove dirt and debris; avoid harsh chemicals that could damage the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Inspection\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the metal frame for any signs of rust or wear. Treat with a rust-resistant spray if necessary and tighten any loose screws or bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVentilation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure the greenhouse has proper ventilation to prevent excess humidity, which can lead to mold or mildew.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoof Care\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clear snow or debris off the roof to prevent weight buildup that could damage the structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck Seals\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect door and window seals regularly to ensure they are intact and replace if worn to maintain temperature control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Placement\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure the greenhouse is on a level surface to avoid stress on the structure and ensure stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--\n@media screen and (max-width: 767px) {.tg {width: auto !important;}.tg col {width: auto !important;}.tg-wrap {overflow-x: auto;-webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;}}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"Aosom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382715928801,"sku":"845-243V02","price":447.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/l9498a1818c024bdf.jpg?v=1746007540"},{"product_id":"outsunny-12-x-6-aluminum-greenhouse-polycarbonate-walk-in-garden-greenhouse-845-540v02sr","title":"Outsunny 12' x 6' Aluminum Greenhouse, Polycarbonate Walk-in Garden Greenhouse - 845-540V02SR","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWe’re Always On The Lookout For Cool New Products At The Very Best Prices To Help Make Life Better.  You’ll Always Find Exactly What You’re Looking For At A Price That Won’t Break Your Budget.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-right-item-title\"\u003eThis greenhouses for outdoors from Outsunny is every gardener's dream. There are no fixed shelves, so you can organize your plants how you want. The small green house's aluminum frame creates a sturdy structure, while the UV-protected polycarbonate panels ensure the inside vegetables and plants are kept protected and safe. The transparent finish allows natural sunlight to pass through for healthy growth. Fall in love with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-6-x-4-x-7-wooden-greenhouse-845-748\"\u003egardening all over again with this polycarbonate greenhouse from Outsunny\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eView the Outsunny 12' x 6' Aluminum Greenhouse, Polycarbonate Walk-in Garden Greenhouse - 845-540V02SR features below:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoor greenhouse for winter with spacious design for growing flowers, vegetables, and fruits\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminium frame is durable for long-term use\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUV protection polycarbonate panels keep your plants protected from harsh sunlight\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSliding door design for easy access in\/out\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5-level adjustable windows ensure good airflow inside\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTilted roof with rain gutters to prevent water build-up\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized base provides stable support, and four stakes are included to pin into the soil\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor: Silver, Clear\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: Aluminum, Polycarbonate Panel\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimensions: 12.3' W x 6.2' D x 6.5' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEave Height: 4.1'\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoor Size: 2' W x 5.4' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWindow Size: 2' W x 1.9' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFoundation Size: 12.3' W x 6.2' D x 0.2' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePC Panel Thickness: 0.25\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWindproof Level: 4\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eItem Label: 845-540V02SR\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/riverstone-mont-greenhouse-8-x-24\"\u003ex greenhouse\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x foundation\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWALK-IN DESIGN: The spacious greenhouse for outside winter can help you grow and nurture plants all year round, protecting them from the cold. Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-10-outdoor-patio-gazebo-canopy-with-double-tier-roof-84c-192\"\u003eoutdoor garden\u003c\/a\u003e greenhouse is perfect for vegetables, fruit, herbs, and flowers.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSOLID CONSTRUCTION: This winter greenhouse has an aluminum alloy frame with a galvanized steel base that supports the entire structure. You can push the four ground stakes into the soil for more stability.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePOLYCARBONATE PANELS: The transparent polycarbonate panels of our hobby greenhouse protect your plants from harsh UV rays and effectively retain heat while allowing sunlight to pass through, promoting healthy growth all year round. The snap-in connection between PC panels makes the backyard greenhouse easy to assemble.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePRACTICAL DESIGN: This walk in greenhouse has a sliding door for easy access and five-level adjustable windows to allow air to ventilate inside. The integrated rain gutters of the conservatory are adequate for water drainage and collection.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePATIO GREENHOUSE INFORMATION: Overall Dimensions: 12.3' W x 6.2' D x 6.5' H. Door Size: 2' W x 5.4' H. Windproof Level: 4. Assembly required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Product Manual Aosom 845-540\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0654\/8203\/1361\/files\/INbxa006_GL_845-540.pdf?v=1669260181\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✓ Assembly \u0026amp; Instruction Manual 845-540\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmple Growing Space\u003c\/strong\u003e: The 12' x 6' design offers plenty of room for plants, vegetables, and gardening tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Aluminum Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lightweight yet strong, the aluminum frame ensures long-lasting stability and resistance to rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolycarbonate Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e: Provide UV protection and help regulate temperature and humidity for optimal plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWalk-In Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Easy access to your plants with the walk-in feature, allowing for simple maintenance and care.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built to withstand the elements, providing a secure, controlled environment for year-round gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the Outsunny 12' x 6' Aluminum Greenhouse, Polycarbonate Walk-in Garden Greenhouse - 845-540V02SR?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Outsunny 12' x 6' Aluminum Greenhouse is a spacious walk-in garden structure with a durable aluminum frame and twin-wall polycarbonate panels, designed to provide an ideal environment for growing plants, vegetables, and flowers year-round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials are used in this greenhouse?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The greenhouse features a robust aluminum frame for stability and twin-wall polycarbonate panels that offer excellent insulation, UV protection, and improved plant growth conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of this greenhouse?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The greenhouse measures 12' x 6', providing ample space for planting and storage, with enough room to walk inside for easy access and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this greenhouse weather-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the polycarbonate panels are UV-resistant and provide protection against harsh weather conditions such as wind, rain, and snow, while the aluminum frame is rust-resistant and durable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the greenhouse require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required. The greenhouse comes with all necessary parts and instructions for straightforward setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the greenhouse provide ventilation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the greenhouse includes built-in ventilation to ensure proper airflow, helping to regulate temperature and humidity for optimal growing conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I maintain this greenhouse?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Keep the polycarbonate panels clean by wiping them with mild soap and water. Regularly check the structure for any wear or damage, and ensure proper ventilation for plant health.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Who is this greenhouse ideal for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This greenhouse is perfect for gardening enthusiasts who need a reliable and spacious structure for growing plants, vegetables, or flowers in a controlled environment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clean the polycarbonate panels and aluminum frame with mild soap and water. Use a soft cloth or sponge to avoid scratching the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically check the polycarbonate panels for cracks or damage. Replace any damaged panels to maintain the greenhouse’s insulation and strength.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTighten Fasteners\u003c\/strong\u003e: Regularly inspect all screws, bolts, and connections for tightness. Tighten any loose fasteners to ensure the greenhouse remains sturdy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck for Rust\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect the aluminum frame for signs of rust or corrosion. If any rust appears, use a rust remover and apply a protective coating to prevent further damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Proper Ventilation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Make sure the vents are working properly and are free from obstructions. Proper airflow helps regulate temperature and humidity inside the greenhouse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear Debris\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove leaves, branches, and other debris from the roof and gutters to prevent clogging and water buildup, which could damage the structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWinter Care\u003c\/strong\u003e: If you live in a snowy area, gently remove excess snow from the roof to avoid structural stress. In cold weather, check the greenhouse for leaks or drafts and seal any gaps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--\n@media screen and (max-width: 767px) {.tg {width: auto !important;}.tg col {width: auto !important;}.tg-wrap {overflow-x: auto;-webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;}}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"Aosom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382716813537,"sku":"845-540V02SR","price":415.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/Yzx83217ed37ba6a5.jpg?v=1746007564"},{"product_id":"outsunny-6-x-8-x-7-polycarbonate-portable-walk-in-garden-greenhouse-845-059","title":"Outsunny 6' x 8' x 7' Polycarbonate Portable Walk-In Garden Greenhouse - 845-059","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWe’re Always On The Lookout For Cool New Products At The Very Best Prices To Help Make Life Better.  You’ll Always Find Exactly What You’re Looking For At A Price That Won’t Break Your Budget.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-right-item-title\"\u003eThis large greenhouse walk in from Outsunny is an efficient way to take care of your plants year-round! The outdoor garden greenhouse has a top vent and single hand push door, so getting good ventilation and access is a breeze. What's more, we include premium materials in the greenhouses for outdoor walking by an aluminum alloy frame and polycarbonate sheets, so it's durable and stable outside. This greenhouse is the perfect place to house your plant friends and grow them year-round!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eView the Outsunny 6' x 8' x 7' Polycarbonate Portable Walk-In Garden Greenhouse - 845-059 features below:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder-coated aluminum alloy frame offers durable support\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConvenient single sliding door design for easy access to the inside\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRooftop vent ensures excellent ventilation for your unit\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStrong base provides stable support for the entire structure\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRain gutters aid in collecting natural rain water\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor: Dark Green Frame\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: Aluminum, PP\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimensions: 6.2' L x 8.3' W x 6.6' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoof Vent Dimensions: 23.7\" L x 23.6\" W\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoor Dimensions: 23.6\" L x 63.6\" H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePC board thickness: 4mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovering Area: 4.79㎡\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWind Resistance: 12m\/s\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight Capacity: 88lbs\/㎡\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYEAR-ROUND GARDENING: Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-10-outdoor-patio-gazebo-canopy-84c-148\"\u003eOutsunny polycarbonate outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e greenhouse is the perfect way to stay in the soil all year round.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePOLYCARBONATE SHEETS: Walk in greenhouse polycarbonate sheets help keep your plants, vegetables, and flowers safe from inclement weather while allowing natural light to pass through.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHEAVY-DUTY BASE AND FRAME: The green house is made of a powder-coated \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/top-sheds.myshopify.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-4-piece-patio-furniture-set-aluminium-garden-conversation-sofa-set-84b-666\"\u003ealuminum alloy frame that features a galvanized base that provides solid support to the entire greenhouses for outdoors\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSLIDING DOOR DESIGN: A sliding door offers easy access to the inside of the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-l-x-6-w-walk-in-polycarbonate-greenhouse-845-243v02\"\u003epolycarbonate greenhouse\u003c\/a\u003e and is made out of the same solid material as the rest of the sunroom structure.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eROOFTOP VENT PANEL: The green houses for outside winter features a hinged rooftop panel which ensures proper ventilation is provided to the inside of your plant greenhouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious \u0026amp; Accessible\u003c\/strong\u003e: The 6' x 8' x 7' size provides ample space for growing a variety of plants while maintaining ease of access with its walk-in design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUV Protection \u0026amp; Insulation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Polycarbonate panels offer excellent UV resistance and temperature regulation, helping create an ideal environment for plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable \u0026amp; Durable\u003c\/strong\u003e: The portable design allows for easy relocation, while the sturdy steel frame ensures long-lasting durability against the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Ventilation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features roll-up side windows for improved airflow, keeping the temperature stable and preventing humidity buildup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e: Simple to assemble with clear instructions, enabling gardeners to start using the greenhouse in no time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is included in the Outsunny 6' x 8' x 7' Polycarbonate Portable Walk-In Garden Greenhouse?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The greenhouse includes a polycarbonate cover, a durable steel frame, a zippered door for easy access, and side windows for proper ventilation, perfect for year-round gardening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the Outsunny portable greenhouse weather-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the polycarbonate panels are UV-protected and the steel frame is rust-resistant, ensuring the greenhouse withstands various weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the greenhouse?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The greenhouse measures 6 feet in length, 8 feet in width, and 7 feet in height, offering ample space for gardening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required. Detailed instructions and hardware are included for easy setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this greenhouse be used in different climates?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the polycarbonate panels help regulate temperature, making it suitable for both hot and cold climates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clean polycarbonate panels with a mild soap solution and soft cloth to remove dirt and dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect for Damage\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the frame and panels regularly for cracks or loose parts, especially after storms, and repair as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVentilation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Adjust vents to ensure proper airflow and prevent overheating or excessive humidity inside the greenhouse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Fasteners\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically tighten bolts, screws, and joints to maintain structural integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWinter Care\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove snow and ice from the roof and frame to prevent weight damage and ensure proper drainage during colder months.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--\n@media screen and (max-width: 767px) {.tg {width: auto !important;}.tg col {width: auto !important;}.tg-wrap {overflow-x: auto;-webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;}}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"Aosom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382716879073,"sku":"845-059","price":415.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/h5496617e6743d88a.jpg?v=1746007580"},{"product_id":"outsunny-8-x-6-aluminum-outdoor-greenhouse-polycarbonate-walk-in-garden-greenhouse-845-540v01sr","title":"Outsunny 8' x 6' Aluminum Outdoor Greenhouse, Polycarbonate Walk-in Garden Greenhouse - 845-540V01SR","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWe’re Always On The Lookout For Cool New Products At The Very Best Prices To Help Make Life Better.  You’ll Always Find Exactly What You’re Looking For At A Price That Won’t Break Your Budget.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-right-item-title\"\u003eThis greenhouses for outdoors from Outsunny is every gardener's dream. There are no fixed shelves, so you can organize your plants how you want. The small green house's aluminum frame creates a sturdy structure, while the UV-protected polycarbonate panels ensure the inside vegetables and plants are kept protected and safe. The transparent finish allows natural sunlight to pass through for healthy growth. Fall in love with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-6-x-4-aluminum-greenhouse-polystyrene-walk-in-garden-greenhouse-845-525\"\u003egardening all over again with this polycarbonate greenhouse from Outsunny\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eView the Outsunny 8' x 6' Aluminum Outdoor Greenhouse, Polycarbonate Walk-in Garden Greenhouse - 845-540V01SR  features below:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoor greenhouse for winter with spacious design for growing flowers, vegetables, and fruits\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminium frame is durable for long-term use\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUV protection polycarbonate panels keep your plants protected from harsh sunlight\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSliding door design for easy access in\/out\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5-level adjustable windows ensure good airflow inside\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTilted roof with rain gutters to prevent water build-up\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized base provides stable support, and four stakes are included to pin into the soil\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly required\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackage might be arriving in two boxes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor: Silver, Clear\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: Aluminum, Polycarbonate Panel\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimensions: 8.3' W x 6.2' D x 6.5' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEave Height: 4.2'\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoor Size: 2' W x 5.4' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWindow Size: 2' W x 1.9' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFoundation Size: 8.3' W x 6.2' D x 0.2' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePC Panel Thickness: 0.25\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWindproof Level: 4\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eItem Label: 845-540V01SR\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/riverstone-mont-greenhouse-8-x-8\"\u003ex greenhouse\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x foundation\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eProduct Warranty\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Product Manual Aosom 845-540V01\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0654\/8203\/1361\/files\/INbxb010V02_GL_845-540V01.pdf?v=1669261196\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✓ Assembly \u0026amp; Instruction Manual 845-540V01\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWALK-IN DESIGN: The spacious greenhouse for outside winter can help you grow and nurture plants all year round, protecting them from the cold. Our outdoor \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-6-l-x-6-w-walk-in-polycarbonate-winter-greenhouse-845-243\"\u003egarden greenhouse\u003c\/a\u003e is perfect for vegetables, fruit, herbs, and flowers.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSOLID CONSTRUCTION: This winter \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-l-x-6-w-walk-in-polycarbonate-greenhouse-845-243v02\"\u003egreenhouse has an aluminum\u003c\/a\u003e alloy frame with a galvanized steel base that supports the entire structure. You can push the four ground stakes into the soil for more stability.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePOLYCARBONATE PANELS: The transparent polycarbonate panels of our hobby greenhouse protect your plants from harsh UV rays and effectively retain heat while allowing sunlight to pass through, promoting healthy growth all year round. The snap-in connection between PC panels makes the backyard greenhouse easy to assemble.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePRACTICAL DESIGN: This walk in greenhouse has a sliding door for easy access and five-level adjustable windows to allow air to ventilate inside. The integrated rain gutters of the conservatory are adequate for water drainage and collection.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePATIO GREENHOUSE INFORMATION: Overall Dimensions: 8.3' W x 6.2' D x 6.5' H, Door Size: 2' W x 5.4' H, Windproof Level: 4. Assembly required Note: Package might be arriving in two boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious and Practical\u003c\/strong\u003e: The 8' x 6' size provides ample space for gardening projects, with room for multiple plants and tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Build\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made from a sturdy aluminum frame and polycarbonate panels, it’s designed to withstand weather and protect plants year-round.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWalk-In Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Easy access with a large, roll-up door for simple entry and ventilation, making gardening more comfortable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUV Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e: The polycarbonate panels block harmful UV rays while allowing optimal sunlight for plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Assemble\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for a straightforward setup, allowing you to start gardening quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the key features of the Outsunny 8' x 6' Aluminum Outdoor Greenhouse?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This greenhouse features a durable aluminum frame, polycarbonate panels for UV protection, and ample space for growing plants in a walk-in design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the Outsunny greenhouse weather-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the polycarbonate panels provide insulation and protect plants from harsh weather, while the aluminum frame is resistant to rust and corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the greenhouse?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The greenhouse measures 8' L x 6' W x 7' H, offering generous space for gardening and plant cultivation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required. All necessary hardware and instructions are included for easy setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this greenhouse be used in various outdoor settings?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, its durable and weather-resistant design makes it ideal for use in gardens, backyards, or other outdoor areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips \u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clean the polycarbonate panels with a soft cloth and mild soap solution to remove dirt, dust, and plant residue. Avoid abrasive cleaners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck for Damage\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect the frame for signs of rust or damage. Apply touch-up paint to aluminum parts as needed to prevent corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVentilation Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure that vents and doors open and close smoothly. Keep the ventilation system clear of debris to maintain airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolycarbonate Panel Care\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect the polycarbonate panels for cracks or warping. Replace any damaged panels to maintain structural integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e: During extreme weather (heavy snow or storms), ensure the greenhouse is properly secured to avoid damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--\n@media screen and (max-width: 767px) {.tg {width: auto !important;}.tg col {width: auto !important;}.tg-wrap {overflow-x: auto;-webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;}}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"Aosom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382718320865,"sku":"845-540V01SR","price":351.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/sD010617ed30ddec6_1.jpg?v=1746007594"},{"product_id":"outsunny-6-l-x-6-w-walk-in-polycarbonate-winter-greenhouse-845-243","title":"Outsunny 6' L x 6' W Walk-In Polycarbonate Winter Greenhouse - 845-243","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWe’re Always On The Lookout For Cool New Products At The Very Best Prices To Help Make Life Better.  You’ll Always Find Exactly What You’re Looking For At A Price That Won’t Break Your Budget.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-right-item-title\"\u003eThis Outsunny walk in greenhouse is perfect for the home gardening enthusiast. The plant nursery offers all the protection your plants need to thrive without having to spend a great deal of green yourself. The powder-coated aluminum frame and PC sheets of the hot house will keep your plants secured. These transparent sheets allow natural lighting to pass throughout the entire structure. One rooftop vent of the winter protection greenhouse ensures excellent ventilation of the small greenhouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eView the Outsunny 6' L x 6' W Walk-In Polycarbonate Winter Greenhouse - 845-243 features below:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder-coated aluminum alloy frame offers durable support\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4mm twin wall, polycarbonate sheets keep your plants secure\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConvenient door with latch for easy access to the inside\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn opening rooftop vent ensures excellent ventilation\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHose-ready rain gutters aid in collecting natural rain water\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lightweight aluminum base provides stable support for the entire structure\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor: Transparent Sheets, Silver Frame\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: Aluminum, Polycarbonate Sheets\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimensions: 6' L x 6' W x 6.4' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoor Dimensions: 24.25\" W x 63.25\" H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolycarbonate Sheet Thickness: 0.25\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNOTE: This is not a heavy-duty greenhouse. Please keep this in mind when constructing and leaving up during inclement weather. Any damage done due to wind, rain or other elements beyond our control are not covered under warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/riverstone-mont-premium-greenhouse-8-x-12\"\u003ex greenhouse\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWALK-IN DESIGN: The spacious greenhouse for outside winter can help you grow and nurture plants all year round, protecting them from the cold. Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-x-10-outdoor-patio-gazebo-canopy-with-double-tier-roof-84c-192\"\u003eoutdoor garden\u003c\/a\u003e greenhouse is perfect for vegetables, fruit, herbs, and flowers.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSOLID CONSTRUCTION: This winter \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-l-x-6-w-walk-in-polycarbonate-greenhouse-845-243v02\"\u003egreenhouse has an aluminum\u003c\/a\u003e alloy frame with a galvanized steel base that supports the entire structure. You can push the four ground stakes into the soil for more stability.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-l-x-6-w-walk-in-polycarbonate-greenhouse-845-243v02\"\u003ePOLYCARBONATE PANELS: The transparent polycarbonate panels of our hobby greenhouse\u003c\/a\u003e protect your plants from harsh UV rays and effectively retain heat while allowing sunlight to pass through, promoting healthy growth all year round. The snap-in connection between PC panels makes the backyard greenhouse easy to assemble.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePRACTICAL DESIGN: This walk in greenhouse has a sliding door for easy access and five-level adjustable windows to allow air to ventilate inside. The integrated rain gutters of the conservatory are adequate for water drainage and collection.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePATIO GREENHOUSE INFORMATION: Overall Dimensions: 8.3' W x 6.2' D x 6.5' H, Door Size: 2' W x 5.4' H, Windproof Level: 4. Assembly required Note: Package might be arriving in two boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Product Manual Aosom 845-243\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0654\/8203\/1361\/files\/845-243.pdf?v=1669261480\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✓ Assembly \u0026amp; Instruction Manual 845-243\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect for Year-Round Gardening\u003c\/strong\u003e: This 6' x 6' walk-in greenhouse provides an ideal environment for extending your growing season and protecting plants from harsh weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Weather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Constructed with polycarbonate panels and a sturdy steel frame, this greenhouse offers UV protection and insulation, ensuring durability and plant safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious \u0026amp; Practical\u003c\/strong\u003e: The walk-in design gives you easy access to your plants while providing ample space for gardening tools, pots, and shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Simple to set up with clear instructions, allowing you to quickly create a functional space for your plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: The polycarbonate panels are easy to clean, and the weather-resistant structure ensures minimal upkeep throughout the year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is included in the Outsunny 6' L x 6' W Walk-In Polycarbonate Winter Greenhouse?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The greenhouse includes a durable polycarbonate cover, a sturdy metal frame, and a sliding door for easy access, providing a perfect environment for growing plants year-round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the Outsunny greenhouse weather-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the polycarbonate panels are UV-protected and weather-resistant, ensuring durability in various outdoor conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the greenhouse?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The greenhouse measures 6 feet in length, 6 feet in width, and 7.8 feet in height, offering ample space for gardening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required, and detailed instructions and hardware are included for easy setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this greenhouse be used in different climates?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the polycarbonate panels help maintain a consistent temperature, making it suitable for both cold and warm climates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clean polycarbonate panels with a mild soap solution and a soft cloth to remove dirt and debris.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect for Damage\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the frame and panels for any cracks or damage, especially after storms, and repair as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVentilation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure proper airflow by regularly adjusting vents to avoid excessive heat or humidity buildup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck Fasteners\u003c\/strong\u003e: Tighten any loose screws or bolts to maintain stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWinter Care\u003c\/strong\u003e: Before winter, remove excess snow or ice from the roof to prevent damage and ensure proper drainage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--\n@media screen and (max-width: 767px) {.tg {width: auto !important;}.tg col {width: auto !important;}.tg-wrap {overflow-x: auto;-webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;}}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"Aosom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382718353633,"sku":"845-243","price":344.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/pwM3d61818c024b3a_4cceb5b4-249f-488b-a899-e0909e0d4283.jpg?v=1746007609"},{"product_id":"outsunny-6-x-6-x-7-polycarbonate-portable-walk-in-garden-greenhouse-845-058","title":"Outsunny 6' x 6' x 7' Polycarbonate Portable Walk-In Garden Greenhouse - 845-058","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWe’re Always On The Lookout For Cool New Products At The Very Best Prices To Help Make Life Better.  You’ll Always Find Exactly What You’re Looking For At A Price That Won’t Break Your Budget.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis large greenhouse walk in from Outsunny is an efficient way to take care of your plants year-round! The outdoor garden greenhouse has a top vent and single hand push door, so getting good ventilation and access is a breeze. What's more, we include premium materials in the greenhouses for outdoor walking by an aluminum alloy frame and polycarbonate sheets, so it's durable and stable outside. This greenhouse is the perfect place to house your plant friends and grow them year-round!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eView the Outsunny 6' x 6' x 7' Polycarbonate Portable Walk-In Garden Greenhouse - 845-058 features below:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder-coated aluminum alloy frame offers durable support\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolycarbonate sheets keep your plants well\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConvenient single sliding door design for easy access to the inside\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRooftop vent ensures excellent ventilation for your unit\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStrong base provides stable support for the entire structure\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRain gutters aid in collecting natural rain water\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor: Dark Green Frame\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: Aluminum, PP\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimensions: 6.3' L x 6.2' W x 6.6' H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoof Vent Dimensions: 23.7\" L x 23.6\" W\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoor Dimensions: 23.6\" L x 63.6\"H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePC board thickness: 4mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovering Area: 3.65㎡\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWind Resistance: 12m\/s\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight Capacity: 88lbs\/㎡\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYEAR-ROUND GARDENING: Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-6-x-4-x-7-wooden-greenhouse-845-747\"\u003eOutsunny polycarbonate outdoor greenhouse\u003c\/a\u003e is the perfect way to stay in the soil all year round.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePOLYCARBONATE SHEETS: Walk in \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/backyardprovider.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-10-l-x-6-w-walk-in-polycarbonate-greenhouse-845-243v02\"\u003egreenhouse polycarbonate\u003c\/a\u003e sheets help keep your plants, vegetables, and flowers safe from inclement weather while allowing natural light to pass through.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHEAVY-DUTY BASE AND FRAME: The green house is made of a powder-coated \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/top-sheds.myshopify.com\/products\/copy-of-outsunny-4-piece-patio-furniture-set-aluminium-garden-conversation-sofa-set-84b-666\"\u003ealuminum alloy frame that features a galvanized base that provides solid support to the entire greenhouses for outdoors\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSLIDING DOOR DESIGN: A sliding door offers easy access to the inside of the polycarbonate greenhouse and is made out of the same solid material as the rest of the sunroom structure.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eROOFTOP VENT PANEL: The green houses for outside winter features a hinged rooftop panel which ensures proper ventilation is provided to the inside of your plant greenhouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable \u0026amp; Versatile\u003c\/strong\u003e: The 6' x 6' x 7' design offers a compact yet spacious solution for gardeners, and its portability allows easy relocation to optimal spots in your garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Polycarbonate Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e: Provides excellent insulation and UV protection, ensuring a safe and controlled environment for your plants to thrive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWalk-In Convenience\u003c\/strong\u003e: With ample height and width, it’s easy to move around inside, giving you full access to your plants and gardening tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: The robust steel frame offers stability, ensuring your greenhouse can withstand various outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: The straightforward assembly process gets your greenhouse up and running quickly, without hassle or complex tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is included in the Outsunny 6' x 6' x 7' Polycarbonate Portable Walk-In Garden Greenhouse?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The greenhouse includes a polycarbonate cover, a steel frame, a zippered door for easy access, and side windows for ventilation, perfect for growing plants in any season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the Outsunny portable greenhouse weather-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the polycarbonate panels are UV-protected and the steel frame is durable, ensuring the greenhouse withstands various weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the greenhouse?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The greenhouse measures 6 feet in length, 6 feet in width, and 7 feet in height, providing plenty of space for gardening and plant growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required, with all necessary hardware and instructions included for easy setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this greenhouse be used in different climates?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the UV-protected polycarbonate panels help regulate temperature, making it suitable for both hot and cold climates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use a soft cloth and mild soap to clean the polycarbonate panels and frame, removing dirt and debris.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck for Damage\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect the polycarbonate panels and frame for cracks or damage, especially after severe weather, and replace parts as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVentilation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Open vents to ensure proper airflow and prevent excessive humidity or heat buildup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTighten Hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically check and tighten bolts and screws to maintain stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWinter Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e: Before winter, clear snow and ice from the roof and frame to avoid damage from weight accumulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--\n@media screen and (max-width: 767px) {.tg {width: auto !important;}.tg col {width: auto !important;}.tg-wrap {overflow-x: auto;-webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;}}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"Aosom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382718386401,"sku":"845-058","price":351.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/SjVb8217e6b69c8e7.jpg?v=1746007626"},{"product_id":"outsunny-8-x-5-bbq-patio-canopy-gazebo-with-interlaced-polycarbonate-roof-84c-237","title":"Outsunny 8' x 5' BBQ Patio Canopy Gazebo with Interlaced Polycarbonate Roof - 84C-237","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWe’re Always On The Lookout For Cool New Products At The Very Best Prices To Help Make Life Better.  You’ll Always Find Exactly What You’re Looking For At A Price That Won’t Break Your Budget.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-right-item-title\"\u003eDon't you hate when you are barbequing with friends or family, but rain or strong sun threatens your fun day? Then make sure to check out this patio gazebo from Outsunny! The polycarbonate roof of our bbq gazebo is UV and rain resistant so you can BBQ any time you'd like. Furthermore, we made sure to include side shelves and hanging poles with the patio canopy, so storing plates and tools all in one place is easy. Plus, with a unique overlapping roof design, the whole BBQ tent is well ventilated. Have a great part and cook some delicious food in peace with our BBQ patio canopy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eView the Outsunny 8' x 5' BBQ Patio Canopy Gazebo with Interlaced Polycarbonate Roof - 84C-237 features below:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe polycarbonate board roof is anti-uv and rain resistant for use outside\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe interlaced upper and lower layers of the roof are made for better air circulation\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo side shelves and the hanging poles for placing tools or food\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel pipe and polycarbonate board material are durable and strong\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: Steel, PC\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor: Tawny, Dark Gray\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimension: 94.5\" L x 59\" W x 90.5\" H\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEaves Height: 75.5\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo Side Shelves Dimension: 53.25\" L x 13.5\" W\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupport Pole Spacing: 6.9', 4.9'\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight Capacity: 11 lbs (Each Shelf)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x BBQ Tent\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScrews\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x Manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIDEAL FOR OUTDOOR BARBECUE: The PC board of the patio gazebo features UV 50+ protection and fights against the rain. This means our bbq gazebo is a great and comfortable place to cook some food, have some friends, and enjoy a party\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCONVENIENT FUNCTIONS: Our patio canopy has two side shelves that provide space to place food and drinks, while the hanging poles underneath the shelves can be used to hang barbecue tools\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGREAT VENTILATION: The two layers of the polycarbonate roof are interlaced over each other in an interesting design. What this does is give great air circulation, and a specific place for smoke and smells to filter through while barbequing\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSTRONG AND DURABLE: Our BBQ tent is made of steel pipe and polycarbonate material that are sure to last for many grilling seasons to come\u003cbr\u003eBBQ PATIO CANOPY GAZEBO DIMENSIONS: Overall Dimension: 94.5\" L x 59\" W x 90.5\" H, Weight Capacity: 11 lbs (each shelf)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan class=\"ws12\"\u003eProduct Warranty\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0654\/8203\/1361\/files\/INb2001_US_UK_84C-237.pdf?v=1669710950\" title=\"Product Manual Aosom 84C-237\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e✓ Gazebo Product Manual 84C-237\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Build\u003c\/strong\u003e: Sturdy steel frame ensures long-lasting support and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant Roof\u003c\/strong\u003e: Interlaced polycarbonate panels protect against UV rays and light rain while allowing natural light in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConvenient Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: 8' x 5' design fits compactly in patios or backyards, ideal for grilling and entertaining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Accessories\u003c\/strong\u003e: Side shelves provide handy storage for grilling tools or drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStylish Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Sleek, modern aesthetic complements any outdoor décor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the key features of the Outsunny 8' x 5' BBQ Patio Canopy Gazebo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This gazebo features a durable interlaced polycarbonate roof, offering UV protection and shelter for outdoor BBQs and gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the Outsunny BBQ gazebo weather-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the gazebo is designed with a weather-resistant structure and polycarbonate roof, providing shade and protection from the sun and rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the gazebo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The gazebo measures 8' L x 5' W x 8' H, offering ample space for outdoor seating or BBQ equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required. All necessary hardware and instructions are included for easy setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this gazebo be used for other outdoor activities?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, this versatile gazebo is ideal for BBQs, outdoor dining, relaxation, and various outdoor events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clean the canopy and roof with a soft cloth and mild soap solution to remove dirt, debris, and stains. Avoid harsh chemicals that can damage the fabric or polycarbonate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Roof\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the polycarbonate roof regularly for cracks or damage, and clean out any debris that may collect in the grooves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e: Store the gazebo or cover it during harsh weather (strong winds, heavy rain) to extend its lifespan and prevent damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTighten Hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e: Periodically check screws and bolts, tightening them as necessary to maintain the structure’s stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Care\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect the frame for rust or wear, and touch up any areas with a rust-resistant paint to maintain durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--\n@media screen and (max-width: 767px) {.tg {width: auto !important;}.tg col {width: auto !important;}.tg-wrap {overflow-x: auto;-webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;}}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"Aosom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382724120801,"sku":"84C-237","price":368.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/zFB98a1818c03a053.jpg?v=1746008490"},{"product_id":"otto-led-octagon-black-framed-lighted-bathroom-vanity-mirror-with-bluetooth-and-digital-display","title":"Ancerre Otto LED Octagon Black Framed Lighted Bathroom Vanity Mirror with Bluetooth and Digital Display - LEDM-OTTO-24","description":"\u003ch2\u003eThe Otto LED mirror exquisitely handcrafted by Ancerre Designs artisans features Bluetooth speakers, a defogger, and a beautiful digital display showing, time, temperature, day, date \u0026amp; month.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur Otto collection illuminates BRIGHTER \u0026amp; WITH EVEN lighting dispersion, more than other standard LED mirrors. There is a significant difference when you compare it side by side. We maximize the full use of the mirror by placing the LED surface area on the outer borders of our mirrors. With years in development, we wanted to offer our customers not only a quality build but also stunning designs \u0026amp; simple technology to make any bathroom enjoyable. You can pair our LED mirrors with any of our bathroom vanity collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable Size: 24\"w x 40\" H |30\"w x 40\" H (vertical mount)         \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIlluminates brighter | Even lighting dispersion - No Dark Spots  | Brightness 2960 lm (lumen)|60 watt total   \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor temp 2800 \u0026amp; 6000K (Kelvin) |Apprx 50,000 hours use |Minimum 90 CRI (color rendering index) 110v  50\/60 hz hardwire            \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDigital Display (Clock, Day, Date, Month, Year \u0026amp;Temperature)      \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBluetooth Speakers        \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDefogger | Turn on before showering     \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUses military time (24:00) for digital display\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUL \u0026amp; ETL Listed  IP44 Water Resistant Rated        \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5mm Copper Free | Safety film back\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note LED mirrors cannot be served as the main lighting for bathrooms. Main lighting can be wall sconces, recessed lighting, ceiling mounted lighting etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24\" Otto LEDM \u003cspan style=\"color: #2b00ff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0408\/7572\/0859\/files\/Otto_installation.pdf?v=1624645627\" title=\"Otto LED Mirror 24 inch.\" style=\"color: #2b00ff;\"\u003eInstructions\/Install\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e --- \u003cspan style=\"color: #2b00ff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0408\/7572\/0859\/files\/OTTO_24_Spec_99d73b3f-4108-410f-81d7-c52a14710a33.pdf?v=1630005873\" title=\"Otto LED Mirror Specifications\" style=\"color: #2b00ff;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e30\" Otto LEDM \u003cspan style=\"color: #2b00ff;\"\u003e\u003ca title=\"Otto LED Mirror 30 inch.\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0408\/7572\/0859\/files\/Otto_installation.pdf?v=1624645627\" style=\"color: #2b00ff;\"\u003eInstructions\/Install\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e --- \u003cspan style=\"color: #2b00ff;\"\u003e\u003ca title=\"Otto LED Mirror Specifications\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0408\/7572\/0859\/files\/OTTO_30_Spec_12009f33-df40-448c-bfdc-23709311660e.pdf?v=1630005873\" style=\"color: #2b00ff;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eVideo\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/player.vimeo.com\/video\/523926705?h=a68c1f25fc\u0026amp;title=0\u0026amp;byline=0\u0026amp;portrait=0\" width=\"560\" height=\"315\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInnovative Technology\u003c\/strong\u003e: The Ancerre Otto LED Vanity Mirror integrates Bluetooth and a digital display, offering modern convenience for your bathroom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSleek Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: With its octagon shape and black frame, this mirror adds a bold yet sophisticated touch to any bathroom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Visibility\u003c\/strong\u003e: The LED lighting provides optimal brightness for grooming tasks, ensuring a clear and bright reflection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmart Features\u003c\/strong\u003e: Bluetooth connectivity allows you to play music or take calls directly from the mirror, while the digital display shows time and temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for straightforward installation, this mirror is a perfect combination of style and functionality for modern bathrooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the key features of the Ancerre Otto LED Bathroom Vanity Mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Ancerre Otto LED Mirror features an octagonal black frame, integrated LED lighting, Bluetooth connectivity, and a digital display, offering modern style and advanced functionality for your bathroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size is the Ancerre Otto LED Bathroom Vanity Mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The mirror is 24\" in diameter, making it a perfect size for most bathroom vanities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the Ancerre Otto LED Mirror have Bluetooth?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the mirror includes Bluetooth connectivity, allowing you to play music or take calls directly from the mirror.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the Ancerre Otto LED Bathroom Vanity Mirror have a digital display?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it features a built-in digital display for easy access to time, temperature, and other settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the frame material of the Ancerre Otto LED Mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The mirror has a sleek black framed design, adding a contemporary touch to your bathroom decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the lighting in the Ancerre Otto LED Mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The mirror includes energy-efficient LED lighting, providing clear, bright illumination for grooming and makeup application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use a soft, damp cloth to gently clean the mirror surface. Avoid abrasive materials that can scratch the glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvoid Harsh Chemicals\u003c\/strong\u003e: Clean with mild soap and water. Do not use ammonia-based or harsh cleaners, which can damage the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDry Thoroughly\u003c\/strong\u003e: After cleaning, wipe the mirror dry to prevent water spots and streaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck Bluetooth Connection\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure the Bluetooth and digital display functions are clean and free of moisture to maintain proper connectivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect from Moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e: Avoid excessive moisture around the digital display and electrical components to prolong the mirror's lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Ancerre","offers":[{"title":"24 inch.","offer_id":46382741324001,"sku":"LEDM-OTTO-24","price":451.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 inch.","offer_id":46382741356769,"sku":"LEDM-OTTO-30","price":485.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/LEDM-OTTO-FRONT-ON.jpg?v=1746009363"},{"product_id":"aqua-marina-memba-390-touring-kayak-2-person-dwf-deck-kayak-paddle-included","title":"Aqua Marina Memba-390 Touring Kayak 2-person. DWF Deck. Kayak paddle included.","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAqua Marina Memba-390 Touring Kayak 2-person. DWF Deck. Kayak paddle included.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeaturing a sleek, curved and touring shape, the MEMBA series excels in tracking and speed with the extra-long waterline. Perfect for the adventurers looking for an efficient long-distance touring kayak.\u003cbr\u003eConstructed of our signature AQUASHELL™ fabric technology, the refreshed MEMBA kayaks are ultra-durable with anti-UV protection for hull covers and long-lasting graphic design through advanced digital printing.\u003cbr\u003eThe low rocker hull design, when combined with the stiff high-pressure drop-stitch deck, results in more glide, better tracking and effortless paddling. Weighing only 13.4kg and 17kg for solo and tandem models respectively, the MEMBA can be neatly packed in the newly-designed backpack for easy storage and convenient transportation.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAQUASHELL™ Technology: Heavy-duty shell fabric with special anti-UV and water-repellent treatment for durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eECO-PRINT™ Technology: Revolutionary digital printing technique for long-lasting graphic design and eco-friendly process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrop Stitch Deck: Removable 7cm drop-stitch high pressure floor for ultimate stability and rigidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStreamlined Design: Sleek, curved, streamlined shape for good tracking performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDECK SHIELD™: Water shield preventing splash from flowing backwards to the cockpit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCargo Bungee: Adjustable cargo bungee system to easily fasten the luggage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrain Valve: Superfast 1+2 self-bailing valves can be left open for quick water drainage in whitewater and ocean kayaking or closed for flat-water paddling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eVideos\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAQUA MARINA Touring Kayak MEMBA 2022\/23\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"893\" height=\"502\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/wTTdVAghHGw\" title=\"AQUA MARINA Touring Kayak MEMBA 2022\/23\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect for Touring\u003c\/strong\u003e: The Aqua Marina Memba-390 is a 2-person touring kayak designed for long-distance paddling, offering speed and stability for both beginners and experienced paddlers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable DWF Deck\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with a DWF deck, providing enhanced durability, rigidity, and lightweight performance for extended trips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfortable \u0026amp; Spacious\u003c\/strong\u003e: Spacious enough for two paddlers, ensuring comfort even during long adventures, with ample space for gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Package\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes a kayak paddle, providing everything you need to hit the water right away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Storage \u0026amp; Transport\u003c\/strong\u003e: The inflatable design makes it simple to deflate, store, and transport, perfect for on-the-go adventurers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the Aqua Marina Memba-390 Touring Kayak?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Aqua Marina Memba-390 is a 2-person touring kayak designed for stability and speed, perfect for long-distance paddling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 3.90m (12'9\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDWF (Drop-Stitch) deck for superior rigidity and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes kayak paddle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2-person capacity for tandem paddling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for touring and recreational use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it easy to transport and store?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the kayak is inflatable, making it easy to transport, store, and set up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it handle rough waters?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Memba-390 is designed for calm to moderate waters, providing excellent control and comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Check product details for warranty information\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse After Use\u003c\/strong\u003e: Always rinse the kayak thoroughly with fresh water to remove salt, sand, and dirt, especially after using it in saltwater environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDry Completely\u003c\/strong\u003e: Dry the kayak and paddle completely before storing to prevent mildew, mold, or water damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Kayak\u003c\/strong\u003e: Regularly check for signs of wear, damage, or leaks, particularly around seams, valves, and the DWF (Drop Stitch) deck. Repair any issues promptly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e: Store the kayak in a cool, dry location, away from direct sunlight, sharp objects, or extreme temperatures. Avoid storing it in damp areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare for the Paddle\u003c\/strong\u003e: After each use, rinse the kayak paddle with fresh water, dry it, and store it in a safe, dry place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInflation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inflate the kayak to the recommended pressure for optimal performance. Do not overinflate, and check the pressure before each use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect the Deck\u003c\/strong\u003e: To protect the DWF deck from abrasion, avoid dragging the kayak on rough surfaces. Use a storage bag if available for added protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Aqua Marina","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46382747123937,"sku":"AM-ME-390","price":466.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0647\/9776\/9953\/files\/Untitleddesign_1_10_116a43a6-0dac-40b3-877a-b0cca8cb8a0c.jpg?v=1746010114"}],"url":"https:\/\/sportsteez.com\/collections\/less-than-500.oembed?page=19","provider":"EP","version":"1.0","type":"link"}